WO2020164599A1 - Method for triggering buffer status report bsr and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Method for triggering buffer status report bsr and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020164599A1
WO2020164599A1 PCT/CN2020/075316 CN2020075316W WO2020164599A1 WO 2020164599 A1 WO2020164599 A1 WO 2020164599A1 CN 2020075316 W CN2020075316 W CN 2020075316W WO 2020164599 A1 WO2020164599 A1 WO 2020164599A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
node
bsr
indication information
mac layer
uplink data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075316
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
卓义斌
戴明增
曹振臻
朱元萍
刘菁
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020164599A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020164599A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0278Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using buffer status reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, a communication device, and a computer-readable storage medium.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • each relay node can schedule corresponding uplink resources for its child nodes, so that the child node can pass the local uplink data through The uplink resources are transmitted to the relay node.
  • each relay node may also apply for uplink resources from its parent node, so that the parent node can schedule appropriate uplink resources for transmitting uplink data buffered in the relay node. If there are many relay nodes between the terminal device and the access node, the terminal device and each relay node need to perform the above steps, thereby increasing the delay of uplink transmission.
  • This application provides a method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, a communication device, and a computer-readable storage medium, which can apply for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the first node, thereby reducing uplink transmission in a wireless relay communication system Time delay.
  • a method for triggering a BSR which includes: a media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of a mobile terminal of a first node receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered; The first BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node to the second node; the MAC layer of the MT on the first node triggers the second node according to the first indication information A BSR; wherein the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from an upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is an adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from the distributed unit DU side of the first node.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes: the corresponding bearer between the first node and the second node and the corresponding bearer of the uplink data to be received by the first node
  • the amount of data, the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes the amount of data carrying the corresponding uplink data to be received by the first node
  • the first indication information is also used to indicate triggering BSR or generate BSR.
  • generating the BSR may be determining the buffer size reported in the sent BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR or generate the BSR according to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node included in the first indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information or uplink data and/or local uplink data to be received carried by the RLC.
  • the data volume information of the buffered uplink data triggers the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may also receive the first time information, which may be used to determine the time to send the BSR,
  • the BSR can be sent when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates a BSR according to the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node.
  • the BSR can be generated according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information, and the process of generating the BSR can also be understood as determining each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the buffer size reported in the logical channel group The buffer size reported in the logical channel group.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may Trigger the BSR.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is also It includes: ratio information, the ratio information being used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer, which is reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node The proportion of the total amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and the fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the method further includes: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the MT of the first node The MAC layer on the side triggers the first BSR.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the first indication information in a case where the first indication information includes first time information, the first indication information is further used to indicate triggering of the BSR or used to indicate sending of the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first time information.
  • This application does not specifically limit the specific implementation of determining the buffer size reported in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the sent BSR.
  • the MT side of the first node may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR internally.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the time to send the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the first time information, and may send the BSR when there is an uplink resource for transmitting the BSR.
  • the BSR may be triggered or generated before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the BSR may be triggered or generated before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the first indication information, and may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information.
  • the method further includes: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR Is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the first data received from the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node A data amount of uplink data that reaches the first node after the indication information is started and before the first BSR is sent.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node maintains a first timer, and the method further includes:
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node allows sending the first BSR to the second node;
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node maintains a second timer, and the method further includes:
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node allows sending the first indication information to the MAC layer;
  • a method for generating a BSR includes: a media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of a mobile terminal of a first node receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first node and The bearer between the second nodes corresponds to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group; first The MAC layer on the MT side of the node generates the first BSR according to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, where the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received in the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the first node The four node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates The first BSR.
  • the method further includes: the first indication information is also used to trigger a first BSR, and the first BSR is used to report to a second node the pending reception of the first node The amount of upstream data;
  • the MAC layer of the MT of the first node triggers the first BSR according to the first indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from an upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is an adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from the distributed unit DU side of the first node.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the method further includes: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR Is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the first data received from the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node A data amount of uplink data that reaches the first node after the indication information is started and before the first BSR is sent.
  • a communication device which can implement the BSR trigger method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations, or can also be used to implement the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations.
  • the triggering device of the BSR may be the first node, or a chip set in the triggering of the BSR.
  • the above method can be realized by software, hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the first node may be a relay node, or may also be an access network device.
  • a communication device including:
  • the media intervention control MAC layer unit is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a first BSR, and the first BSR is used by the first node to report to the second node the information of the first node
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received, the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
  • the MAC layer unit is further configured to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information
  • the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system
  • the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  • the device further includes: an upper layer unit of the MAC layer, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit, where the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is located at the first node MT unit.
  • the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
  • the apparatus further includes: a distributed unit DU, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node
  • the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer.
  • the proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the MAC layer unit is further configured to: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, trigger the second One BSR.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the MAC layer unit is further configured to: send the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the corresponding to the bearer The data amount of the uplink data to be received by the first node minus the first data amount, where the first data amount is from the time when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before the first BSR is sent The data volume of the uplink data of the first node.
  • the MAC layer unit is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a second BSR, and the second BSR is used to notify the second node Reporting the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node;
  • the MAC layer unit is further configured to: trigger the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than a first threshold.
  • a communication device including: a memory, a processor,
  • the processor is connected to the memory.
  • the memory can be used to store the program code and data of the terminal device. Therefore, the memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
  • the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software.
  • the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside of the processor, and exist independently.
  • the processor When the program is executed, the processor is configured to configure the media intervention control MAC layer unit to receive first indication information from the upper layer of the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered. Reporting the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node to the second node at the first node, and the MAC layer unit is located in the mobile terminal MT unit of the first node;
  • the processor is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information
  • the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system
  • the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  • the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
  • the processor is configured to configure the distributed unit DU to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node
  • the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer.
  • the proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the processor is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the transmission when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold.
  • the first BSR is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the transmission when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold. The first BSR.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the communication device further includes a transceiver, configured to send the first BSR by a MAC layer unit, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the first BSR corresponding to the bearer
  • a computer-readable storage medium including a computer program, which when the computer program runs, causes the communication device to execute the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects, Or execute the method as described in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • a computer program product is provided.
  • the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects, or executes the method described in the first aspect or the first aspect.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a possible wireless relay communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a MAC CE format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a possible method for triggering a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another possible BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending an SR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 1 is an architecture diagram of a mobile communication system 100 applied to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile communication system 100 includes at least one terminal device (for example, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1), a wireless backhaul device 130, an access network device 140, and a core network device 150.
  • the terminal device is connected to the wireless backhaul device 130 in a wireless manner, and one or more wireless backhaul devices 130 are connected to the access network device 140 in a wireless manner, which can be directly or indirectly connected to the connection device through other wireless backhaul devices.
  • the network access device 140 is connected.
  • the access network device 140 may be connected to the core network device 150 in a wireless manner, or may be connected to the core network device 150 in a wired manner.
  • the embodiment of this application does not specifically limit the mobile communication system 100, for example, it may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and broadband code division multiple access.
  • GSM global system of mobile communication
  • CDMA code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunication system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • 5G fifth generation
  • 5G fifth generation
  • RN new radio
  • the type of terminal equipment is not specifically limited.
  • it may be user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile Equipment, user terminal, wireless network equipment, user agent or user device.
  • UE user equipment
  • access terminal user unit
  • user station mobile station
  • mobile station mobile station
  • remote station remote terminal
  • mobile Equipment user terminal
  • wireless network equipment user agent or user device.
  • Terminals can include, but are not limited to, mobile stations (MS), mobile phones (mobile phones), user equipment (UE), mobile phones (handset), portable equipment (portable equipment), cellular phones, cordless phones, conversations Initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA), logistics use radio frequency identification (RFID) terminal equipment, Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, Internet of Things, terminal devices in vehicle networks, and terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolution of public land mobile The terminal equipment in the network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of the access network device 140, and may be any device used to communicate with terminal devices.
  • the access network device 140 may be, for example, a base transceiver station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolutional base station (evolutional Node) in an LTE system.
  • B, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access network device 140 may be, for example, a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices and network equipment in the future 5G network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
  • C-RAN cloud radio access network
  • CU central unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • One CU can be connected to one DU, or multiple DUs can share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion.
  • the segmentation of CU and DU can be segmented according to the protocol stack.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • packet data aggregation protocol The (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer is deployed in the CU, and the remaining radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical layer are deployed in the DU.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • DU physical layer
  • the access network device 140 may provide services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the access network device 140 through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell.
  • the cell may be a cell corresponding to the access network device 140 (for example, a base station).
  • the cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell.
  • the small cell here may include: Metro cell, Microcells, picocells, femtocells, etc., these small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
  • the core network device 150 may be an evolved packet core network (EPC), which includes a service gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) of a mobile terminal, and a mobility management entity (mobility management entity). management entity, MME) and other functional entities.
  • EPC evolved packet core network
  • S-GW service gateway
  • MME mobility management entity
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the core network device 150 may be a next generation core network (NGC), which includes a session management function (SMF) and access and liquidity management functions ( Access and mobility management function (AMF) and other functional entities provide functions such as authentication and mobility management for mobile terminals.
  • NGC next generation core network
  • SMF session management function
  • AMF Access and mobility management function
  • the core network device 150 and the access network device 140 may be separate and different physical devices, or the function of the core network device 150 and the logical function of the access network device 140 may be integrated on the same physical device, or one
  • the physical equipment integrates part of the core network equipment 150 functions and part of the access network equipment 140 functions.
  • the terminal device can be a fixed location or movable.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of core network equipment 150, access network equipment 140, wireless backhaul equipment 130, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system 100.
  • the access network device 140 and terminal devices can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted. It can also be deployed on the water. It can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenarios of the access network device 140 and the terminal device.
  • the communication between the access network device 140 and the terminal device and between the terminal device and the terminal device can be through the licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), or through the unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum), or through the licensed spectrum and the free spectrum at the same time.
  • Authorize spectrum for communication The access network device 140 and the terminal device and between the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate through the frequency spectrum below 6 gigahertz (gigahertz, GHz), communicate through the frequency spectrum above 6 GHz, and can also use below 6 GHz at the same time Communicate with the frequency spectrum above 6GHz.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the access network device 140 and the terminal device.
  • the wireless backhaul device 130 may be at least one integrated access and backhaul node (IAB node), and may also be referred to as a relay node (RN).
  • the RN or IAB node may forward data and/or signaling between the terminal device and the access network device 140.
  • the RN or IAB node can be a base station or a terminal device. For a specific description of the base station, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
  • the following describes in detail the process of forwarding data and signaling between the wireless backhaul device 130 as a terminal device and the access network device 140 in conjunction with a possible wireless relay communication system 200 in FIG. 2.
  • RN 210, RN 220, RN 230, RN 240, and RN 250 correspond to the wireless backhaul device 130 shown in FIG. 1, and RN may also be referred to as an IAB node.
  • the access network device 140 can be used as a donor (donor) base station or referred to as an IAB host or a donor node, connected to the core network device 150, and provide a wireless access function for the RN.
  • the donor base station may be an access network element with a complete base station function, or it may be an access network element in the form of separated centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU).
  • the donor base station is connected to the core network device 150 serving the terminal device, and provides a wireless backhaul function for the RN.
  • the centralized unit of the host node is abbreviated as donor CU
  • the distributed unit of the host node is abbreviated as donor DU.
  • the donor CU may also be the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP). )
  • CP control plane
  • UP user plane
  • a separate form, for example, a CU can be composed of one CU-CP and one (or more) CU-UPs.
  • the donor base station may be (donor gNodeB, DgNB), and in an LTE system (or 4G system), the donor base station may be (donor eNodeB) , DeNB).
  • the donor base station can also be referred to as gNB or eNB for short.
  • the link between the RN210, RN220 and the terminal device may be called an access link
  • the RN may support dual connectivity (DC) or multi-connectivity to deal with abnormal situations that may occur on the backhaul link. For example, abnormalities such as interruption or blockage of the return link and load fluctuations can improve the reliability of transmission. Therefore, there may be multiple transmission paths between the terminal device and the donor base station.
  • DC dual connectivity
  • multi-connectivity to deal with abnormal situations that may occur on the backhaul link. For example, abnormalities such as interruption or blockage of the return link and load fluctuations can improve the reliability of transmission. Therefore, there may be multiple transmission paths between the terminal device and the donor base station.
  • the RN supporting dual connectivity or multiple connectivity may be a wireless connection between one RN and two or more RNs.
  • the RN 220 can be wirelessly connected to the RN 230, and can also be wirelessly connected to the RN 240.
  • each RN regards the node providing the backhaul service as a parent node. Accordingly, each RN can be regarded as a child node of its parent node, and the parent node can schedule corresponding uplink resources for the child node.
  • the parent node of RN 250 is the access network device 140
  • RN 250 is the parent node of RN 230 and RN 240
  • RN 230 and RN 240 are both parent nodes of RN 220
  • the parent node of RN 210 is RN 230.
  • the uplink data packet of the terminal device can be transmitted to the access network device 140 through multiple RNs, and then sent by the access network device 140 to the mobile gateway device (for example, the user plane function (UPF) in the 5G core network) ), the downlink data packet will be received by the access network device 140 from the mobile gateway device, and then sent to the terminal device through multiple RNs.
  • the mobile gateway device for example, the user plane function (UPF) in the 5G core network
  • the uplink data packet may be transmitted according to the route of the terminal device 110-RN210-RN 230-RN 250-access network device 140.
  • the uplink data packet may also be transmitted according to the route of terminal device 110-RN 220-RN 230-RN 250-access network device 140.
  • the uplink data packet may also be transmitted according to the route of the terminal device 110-RN 220-RN 240-RN 250-access network device 140.
  • the donor base station can centrally configure the available air interface resources.
  • the RN can act as an access network device similar to a base station, and allocate uplink resources for transmitting uplink data to its child nodes through scheduling on the available air interface resources managed by the donor base station.
  • the RN can act as a terminal device for the parent node that provides services for it, access the wireless network like a terminal device, and perform the function of the terminal device. Through operations such as cell selection and random access, a connection is established with the parent node to obtain the uplink resources scheduled for the parent node for transmission of uplink data.
  • the embodiment of the present application refers to the RN as the mobile terminal (MT) side of the RN or the MT function unit of the RN as the function of executing the terminal device, and the RN as the access network device similar to the base station is called DU side of RN or DU functional unit of RN.
  • MT mobile terminal
  • DU DU functional unit of RN
  • LTE long term evolution
  • NR new radio
  • a terminal device when a terminal device establishes a connection with an access node (for example, RN or a donor base station) and needs to send uplink data to the access node, the terminal device It is necessary to obtain an uplink grant (UL grant), and transmit uplink data on the uplink resource indicated by the UL grant. If there is no uplink resource, the terminal device can send a buffer status report (BSR) to the access node, so as to provide the access node with information about the amount of UL data to be transmitted on the terminal device, thereby providing the access node Apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • each access node independently schedules the uplink resources of the devices that access the access node.
  • the RN 210 in FIG. 2 can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the terminal device 110 to transmit uplink data.
  • RN 250 may schedule appropriate uplink resources for RN 230 and RN 240 to transmit uplink data.
  • the terminal device 110 needs to send a buffer status report (BSR) to the RN 210.
  • BSR can carry the logic between the terminal device 110 and the RN 210 The amount of uplink data to be transmitted on a channel (logical channel, LCH) or logical channel group (logical channel group, LCG), so that the RN 210 can schedule appropriate uplink transmission resources for the terminal device 110 through the UL grant.
  • LCH logical channel
  • LCG logical channel group
  • the RLC channel can be understood as the channel between the RLC layer and the upper protocol layer.
  • the upper layer protocol corresponding to the RLC is the adaptation layer, and the RLC channel refers to the channel between the adaptation layer and the RLC layer.
  • the RLC channel may also be called an RLC bearer, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the RLC channel, the logical channel, and the RLC bearer can be equivalently replaced, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 110 may send a scheduling request (SR) to the RN 210, so as to send a scheduling request (SR) to the RN 210.
  • SR scheduling request
  • the RN 210 can send a BSR to the parent node of the RN 210 (for example, the RN 230) by performing the above steps, so that the RN 230 can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the RN 210. This allows the RN 210 to transmit uplink data to the RN 230 through uplink resources.
  • each terminal device or RN needs to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data buffered locally in each terminal device and RN through the above steps. If there are multiple relay nodes between the terminal device and the access network device 140, the terminal device and each relay node need to perform the above steps, thereby increasing the delay of uplink transmission.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of this application can apply for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not arrived at the relay node, so that after the unreached uplink data is cached locally at the relay node, the relay node has already applied for the uplink data. To the uplink resources, the delay in the uplink transmission process can be reduced.
  • the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6.
  • the BSR that applies for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the relay node involved in the embodiments of this application can be reported using the first BSR or the second BSR.
  • the first node is used for description below, the first node below is a relay node, and the child nodes of the first node may be a relay node or a terminal device.
  • the parent node of the first node may be a relay node, or may also be a donor base station.
  • the uplink data to be received by the first node in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the uplink data that the first node will receive from one or more child nodes of the first node.
  • the uplink data has not reached the first node. One node, so it is not cached by the first node.
  • the uplink data to be received may be referred to as unarrival uplink data, expected uplink data or uplink data to be transmitted.
  • the uplink data to be received by the first node may be any one or more of the following: the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the child nodes of the first node to the first node, and multiple child nodes of the first node.
  • the sum of the buffer size carried in the reported BSR, the uplink data that can be transmitted on the uplink resource indicated by the UL grant scheduled by the first node as the child node of the first node, the first node and the child nodes of the first node The uplink data transmitted on semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources or grant-free resources in the uplink.
  • SPS semi-persistent scheduling
  • the amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the terminal device 110 is 15 bytes
  • the terminal device 110 sends a BSR to the RN 210
  • the BSR can apply for uplink resources for the amount of 15 bytes of data to be transmitted by the terminal device 110.
  • the RN 210 may schedule an uplink resource capable of transmitting 10 bytes for the terminal device 110 according to the amount of data carried in the BSR.
  • the terminal device 110 will send 10 bytes of data to the RN 210 during the next uplink data transmission.
  • the amount of uplink data to be received by the terminal device 110 may be 15 bytes carried in the BSR sent by the RN 210, or the amount of uplink data to be received by the terminal device 110 may be the uplink scheduled by the RN 210 for the terminal device 110 10 bytes that can be transmitted on the resource.
  • the amount of data may be referred to as the data size
  • the amount of buffered data may be referred to as the buffer data size or the buffer size
  • the data amount of the uplink data to be received may be referred to as the size of the uplink data to be received.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node may be reported, or the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered in the first section may be reported.
  • the donor base station may configure the logical channel between the first node and the parent node of the first node for the first node, and specify the logical channel group to which each logical channel belongs.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node reports the BSR through MAC CE, it can use the logical channel group as the granularity to accumulate the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on multiple logical channels belonging to the same logical channel group for reporting .
  • the number of logical channel groups between the first node and the parent node of the first node is m (m is a positive integer greater than 1) as an example
  • m is a positive integer greater than 1
  • the format of the MAC CE reported by the MAC layer on the MT side of a node is shown in Figure 3.
  • LCG i is used to indicate whether to report the buffer buffer size of LCG i in this MAC CE. When LCG i is 1, it means that the buffer size of the LCG is reported, and when it is 0, it means that the buffer size of the LCG is not reported.
  • the MAC CE can report the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on one of m logical channel groups or on n logical channel groups, and n is less than or equal to m.
  • the buffer size 1 can be used to indicate the first one in LCG i
  • the buffer size 2 can be used to represent the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted on the second logical channel group with a value of 1 in the LCG i .
  • the information used to indicate the amount of uplink data of a certain node involved in the embodiments of the application may be the amount of uplink data of a certain node, or may be an index associated with the amount of uplink data, or other content.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit this. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 shows the relationship between the amount of data and the index:
  • the parent node of the first node can determine that the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on logical channel group 1 is 101 -150 bytes, so that according to the data volume of the uplink data to be transmitted in each logical channel group in the BSR, suitable uplink resources can be scheduled for the first node to transmit uplink data.
  • the index associated with the uplink data volume can be carried in the BSR, which can reduce the signaling overhead.
  • the parent node of the first node in order to facilitate the parent node of the first node to schedule appropriate uplink resources for the uplink data to be transmitted in the m logical channel groups in the first BSR according to the priority level, Distinguish the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported in the m logical channel groups in the first BSR and the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
  • the first node may report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node through one or more of the m logical channel groups in the first BSR, and may use other logical channels in the m logical channel groups.
  • the group reports the amount of uplink data locally cached by the first node.
  • the donor base station may configure which logical channel groups of the m logical channel groups on the MT side of the first node are used for reporting the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and which logical channel groups are used for reporting The amount of uplink data cached locally by the first node.
  • the donor base station may configure each logical channel group in the m logical channel groups on the MT side of the first node through RRC signaling.
  • the donor base station may combine the second logical channel group by configuring the first logical channel associated with each logical channel, where the first logical channel group is used to report the locally buffered uplink data in the logical channel of the first node
  • the second logical channel group is used to report the data volume of uplink data to be received in the logical channel of the first node.
  • the uplink data transmitted by the terminal device to its parent node only includes the uplink data buffered locally by the terminal device, and there is no waiting. Uplink data received from the child node. Therefore, it is not necessary to distinguish whether the BSR reported by the first node is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node or the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
  • the MT side of the first node can map the amount of uplink data to be received from the child node of the first node on each logical channel between it and the parent node of the first node to the corresponding user Logical channel group for reporting the amount of uplink data to be received.
  • the MT side of the first node may communicate with the parent node of the first node.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received on each logical channel in between is all reported through the logical channel group. It is equivalent to that the first node reports the amount of uplink data to be received on all logical channels of the node through a logical channel group.
  • the parent node of the first node needs to distinguish which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and which The logical channel group reports the amount of uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
  • the parent node of the first node can distinguish whether the first node is a terminal device or an RN.
  • the parent node of the first node does not need to distinguish which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node.
  • the parent node of the first node may It is identified by the identification (ID) of a specific logical channel group.
  • the donor base station if the donor base station configures which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, the donor base station also needs to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node.
  • the second BSR is a new BSR. All logical channel groups or logical channels in the BSR are used to report the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node, and to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data to be received.
  • the donor base station may define one or more logical channel identifiers (logical channel identify, LCID), and the one or more LCIDs may be used for one or more MAC CEs corresponding to the second BSR format.
  • the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR can report the data volume of the uplink data of a node as the granularity, and provide all the uplink data of the node (including the locally cached uplink data and the subnodes to be received from the node). Uplink data received) apply for uplink resources.
  • the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR may also use logical channels or RLC channels as the granularity to apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data for each logical channel or RLC channel.
  • the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR may also use logical channel groups as the granularity to apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data for each logical channel group.
  • logical channel groups as the granularity to apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data for each logical channel group.
  • the MAC CE since the MAC CE is newly introduced, it is necessary to define the priority order between the newly introduced MAC CE and other logical channels during uplink transmission. In the process of processing the priority of logical channels in uplink transmission, it is necessary to define the priority sequence between the newly introduced MAC CE and other logical channels during uplink transmission.
  • the newly added MAC CE can be placed at a certain position in the existing logical channel priority order.
  • the priority of the newly added MAC CE can be predefined higher than the padding BSR.
  • the priority of MAC CE is lower than the priority of MAC CE of other BSRs except paddingBSR.
  • the priority of the newly added MAC CE may also be predefined lower than the MAC CE of the padding (padding) BSR.
  • the other BSR may be a regular BSR, or may also be a periodic BSR.
  • the second BSR since the second BSR reports the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node, its advantage level may be lower than that of the BSR reporting the small amount of uplink data locally buffered by the first node. Therefore, the second BSR The BSR may request the uplink resource for transmitting the second BSR without triggering the SR, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • the priority of the second BSR may be higher than the BSR that reports the data volume of the uplink data buffered locally by the first node, thereby defining that the second BSR can be used to trigger the SR to request uplink resources for transmitting the second BSR.
  • the flow control and congestion avoidance for downlink transmission are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first BSR or the second BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, so that uplink resources can be applied in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the first node, thereby reducing wireless Follow the time delay of the uplink transmission in the communication system.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a possible method for triggering a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 4 may include steps 410-420, and steps 410-420 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 410 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information.
  • the first node may correspond to any one of the RNs shown in FIG. 2.
  • the first node may include the MT side and the DU side.
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the first indication information to the MAC on the MT side of the first node, or it may be the DU of the first node.
  • the side sends the first indication information to the MAC on the MT side of the first node, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to instruct the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node to trigger a BSR, which is used to request uplink resources from the parent node of the first node for uplink data to be received by the first node .
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information
  • the MAC layer triggers the first BSR.
  • the first node may determine the amount of uplink data to be received carried in the BSR sent by the first node to the parent node of the first node, so that the parent node of the first node can follow the BSR
  • the amount of data in is scheduling appropriate uplink resources for the first node.
  • the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node there are many ways to determine the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node.
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is based on the first node and the first node.
  • the mapping relationship between the bearer between the child nodes of the node and the first node and the parent node of the first node determines the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node.
  • the DU side of the first node may also determine the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node.
  • the upper layer of the MAC layer may be an adaptation layer or other layers with the above-mentioned functions, for example, a radio link control (RLC) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • the first indication information may also include the identification (identification, ID) of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel of the triggered BSR, and the difference between the first node and the parent node.
  • ID identification
  • a certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) of two logical channels (or logical channel group or RLC channel) can trigger the BSR. At this time, it can be understood as the logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) and BSR association.
  • the first node may determine whether the first node is connected to the logical channel or logical channel group or the RLC channel identifier of the BSR triggered or sent. Whether the amount of uplink data carried by a certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) between parent nodes is greater than or equal to the threshold.
  • the BSR may be triggered when the amount of uplink data carried by a certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) between the first node and the parent node is greater than or equal to a threshold.
  • Step 420 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the first indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information, and report the BSR through a MAC control unit (MAC CE).
  • MAC CE MAC control unit
  • the first indication information includes the identifier of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel associated with the triggered or sent BSR, the BSR triggered by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node and the logical Channel or logical channel group or RLC channel identification; if the first indication information does not include the triggered or sent BSR associated logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel identification, the MAC layer considers it to trigger or send.
  • the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel associated with the BSR is any of the following:
  • the highest priority logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel in the data to be received is the highest priority logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel in the data to be received
  • the first node may report the BSR through the MAC CE on the uplink resource. If the BSR uplink resource is not transmitted at the moment when the BSR is triggered, the first node may suspend the triggered BSR, wait for the uplink resource to be applied, and report the BSR on the uplink resource through the MAC CE.
  • the BSR may be sent to the parent node of the first node.
  • the BSR triggered or sent by applying for uplink resources for the uplink data to be transmitted that has not yet reached the first node may be the first BSR described above, or the second BSR described above. This embodiment of the application There is no specific restriction on this.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive second indication information, which may be used to indicate one or more logical channels on the MT side of the first node Or the data volume information of uplink data to be received and/or locally buffered uplink data carried on the RLC channel.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may generate the buffer size reported in each logical channel or logical channel group in the triggered or sent BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the buffer size reported in each logical channel or logical channel group in the BSR according to the second indication information, which can also be understood as determining each logical channel or logical channel in the BSR to be triggered or sent.
  • the buffer size reported in the channel group can also be understood as determining each logical channel or logical channel in the BSR to be triggered or sent.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time information.
  • the first time information can be used to indicate the time when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR or the time when the BSR is sent when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can be based on
  • the third indication information triggers or sends the BSR.
  • the first time information may be used to indicate the estimated arrival time of the uplink data to be received by the first node indicated by the first indication information or the second indication information, or it may also be used to indicate the MAC layer of the first node on the MT side.
  • the effective time of the BSR triggered by the first indication information or the second indication information is also used to indicate the time offset value of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node from receiving the first indication information or the second indication information to triggering the BSR , Or it is also used to indicate that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node can trigger or send BSR after the first time information, or it is also used to indicate that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node can cancel the triggering after the first time information BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine the time to trigger or send the BSR according to the estimated arrival time of the uplink data to be received by the first node indicated by the first time information. In order to avoid the problem of resource waiting caused by triggering BSR too early or too late, or the problem of uplink transmission delay caused by not waiting for uplink resources.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the first indication information, and may also receive the second indication information and/or the third indication information.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 5 may include steps 510-520, and steps 510-520 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 510 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the second indication information.
  • the second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be received and/or locally buffered uplink data carried by one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node or RLC. information.
  • the second indication information can be sent by the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node, or sent by the DU side of the first node to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node , This application does not make specific restrictions on this.
  • Step 520 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR or generates a BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the second indication information, or may also generate the BSR, or may also send the BSR.
  • the specific implementation methods of several situations are described in detail below.
  • the first case the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information or uplink data and/or local uplink data to be received carried by the RLC.
  • the data volume information of the buffered uplink data triggers the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may also receive the third indication information, and the first time information indicated by the third indication information may It is used to determine the time to send the BSR, and can send the BSR when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR.
  • the second case the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may generate the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the BSR can be generated according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information, and the process of generating the BSR can also be understood as determining each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the buffer size reported in the logical channel group may be used to the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may Trigger the BSR.
  • the trigger condition may be that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive first indication information, the first indication information indicating that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the received first indication information.
  • the content of the first indication information reference may be made to the related content in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the trigger condition may be a condition in the prior art that instructs the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node to trigger the BSR, for example, it may be a condition that triggers the BSR reporting the amount of data buffered by the first node in the prior art.
  • the first indication information may also include an identifier of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel of the triggered BSR.
  • an identifier of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel of the triggered BSR please refer to the description in FIG. 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the time to send the BSR or the time to trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR or send the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the content of the third indication information refer to the related content in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the second indication information, and may also receive the first indication information and/or the third indication information.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method described in FIG. 6 may include steps 610-620, and steps 610-620 are described in detail below.
  • Step 610 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the third indication information.
  • the third indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to indicate the first time information, and the first time information may indicate the time of triggering the BSR, or the effective time of the triggered BSR, or the sending time of the BSR.
  • the first time information may indicate the time of triggering the BSR, or the effective time of the triggered BSR, or the sending time of the BSR.
  • Step 620 The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR or sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the first case the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the third indication information. For example, when the first time information indicated by the third indication information is 0, the third indication information may be used as a trigger notification, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the third indication information, determine the buffer size reported in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the sent BSR
  • the MT side of the first node may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR internally.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information.
  • the second case the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the BSR according to the third indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the time to send the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the third indication information, and may send the BSR when there is an uplink resource for transmitting the BSR.
  • the BSR may be triggered or generated.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the first indication information, and may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may trigger the BSR or generate the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels or the uplink data to be received and/or local buffers carried by the RLC bearer on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information.
  • the data volume information of the uplink data triggers the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can generate the BSR according to the second indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can determine the reported data in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node according to the amount of data indicated by the second indication information. buffer size.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the third indication information, and may also receive the first indication information and/or the second indication information.
  • the indication information received by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can be the above-mentioned first indication information and second indication information.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends instruction information to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node as an example.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may also determine whether to send the indication information according to the threshold configured by the donor base station. For example, when a certain logical channel or RLC channel or the total amount of data carried by the RLC bearer in the uplink data to be transmitted by the first node is greater than or equal to the threshold, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may be The MAC layer on the MT side of a node sends instruction information.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may not be The MAC layer on the MT side of a node sends instruction information.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node or the DU side of the first node may send multiple pieces of first indication information, or multiple pieces of second indication information, or multiple pieces of information to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  • the third instruction information may be sent to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node or the DU side of the first node.
  • the new uplink to be received by the first node can be obtained Data, for the acquired uplink data to be received by the new first node, the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may be instructed again to trigger, generate or send the BSR, and the process can refer to the above.
  • the time interval between the adaptation layer of the first node sending two adjacent indication messages may be restricted, for example, greater than the first time threshold.
  • the donor base station or the parent node of the first node may configure a timer (timer) for the adaptation layer of the first node.
  • timer timer
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node can send indication information to the MAC layer when the sending conditions are met; when the timer is running, The adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node is not allowed to send indication information to the MAC layer; when the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node meets the sending conditions and sends indication information to the MAC layer, the timer is started or restarted .
  • the sending condition here may be that the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the BSR sent by the child node of the first node.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer.
  • the timer may be started when the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends a notification message to the MAC layer, or it may be started after the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends the notification message to the MAC layer.
  • the time interval between the MAC layer triggering two adjacent BSRs may be restricted, for example, to be greater than the second time threshold.
  • the donor base station or the parent node of the first node is the MAC layer configuration timer (timer) for the first node.
  • timer the MAC layer configuration timer
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger a BSR when the trigger condition is met; when the timer is running, the MAC layer of the first node
  • the MAC layer on the MT side is not allowed to trigger the BSR; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node meets the trigger condition and triggers the BSR, the timer is started or restarted.
  • the trigger condition here may be that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node receives the indication information sent by the adaptation layer of the MT side of the first node.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer.
  • the timer may be started when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR, or the timer may be started after the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR.
  • the time interval between the MAC layer sending two adjacent BSRs may be restricted, for example, to be greater than the third time threshold.
  • the donor base station or the parent node of the first node configures a timer (timer) for the MAC layer of the first node.
  • timer timer
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can send a BSR when the sending conditions are met; when the timer is running, the MAC layer of the first node The MAC layer on the MT side is not allowed to send the BSR; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node meets the sending conditions and sends the BSR, the timer is started or restarted; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node When the layer has no BSR to be sent or pending, the timer stops running.
  • the sending condition here may be that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may have sufficient uplink sending resources.
  • the application embodiment does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer.
  • the timer may be started when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends a BSR, or the timer may be started after the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends a BSR.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN sends the indication information to the MAC layer on the MT side, which causes large signaling overhead.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 may send the first BSR or the second BSR after being triggered when the network device is configured to allow BSR or enable BSR. BSR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information or the second indication information to trigger the BSR, and when there is uplink resources for transmitting the BSR to send the BSR, because the BSR is triggered to actually send the BSR During this period of time, the first node will also receive the uplink data transmitted from the child node to the first node. And this part of the uplink data is actually included in the amount of data reported in the BSR sent by the MAC layer. Therefore, when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node actually sends the BSR, the amount of data reported in the BSR can be the first 2. The amount of data indicated in the indication information is subtracted from the amount of data that has reached the first node from when the first indication information or the second indication information is received to before the BSR is sent.
  • the second indication information may also be used to indicate whether the first node has at least one parent node.
  • Each of the parent nodes reports uplink data to be transmitted, or data used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the first node to one of the parent nodes.
  • the total uplink data to be transmitted on the first node The proportion information in the amount of data, or information indicating the proportion of the data amount of the uplink data to be transmitted that the first node reports to other parent nodes in the total amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the first node.
  • RN 220 is the first node
  • RN 240 is the parent node of the first node as an example.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the uplink to be transmitted on the logical channel. The specific realization process of the data volume is described in detail.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be in steps 710-740, and the process of steps 710-740 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 710 The DU side of the RN 240 receives the BSR reported by the RN 220.
  • RN 220 can send BSR to RN 240 so as to request RN 240 for uplink resources for transmitting the uplink data that RN 220 is to receive from its child nodes, and/or request for transmission The uplink resource of the uplink data buffered locally by the RN 220.
  • the BSR reported by the RN 220 received by the DU side of the RN 240 may be the first BSR or the second BSR, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the DU side of RN 240 may determine the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between RN 240 and RN 220.
  • the bearer may be a logical channel or RLC channel or RLC.
  • the existing uplink data waiting to be transmitted can be understood as the uplink data to be received by the RN240 from the RN220, or can be understood as the uplink data that the RN220 is expected to send to the RN240. For the convenience of description, it is hereinafter referred to as the uplink data waiting to be transmitted.
  • the DU side of RN 240 can split the buffer size corresponding to each logical channel group in the first BSR to the corresponding logical channels or RLC channels. Or RLC bearer.
  • splitting methods can be to evenly allocate the buffer size corresponding to each logical channel group to the corresponding logical channels by means of equal distribution, or to correspond to each logical channel group by a certain ratio The buffer size of is allocated to each corresponding logical channel.
  • RN 240 receives the second BSR reported by RN 220, and the second BSR reports the corresponding buffer size with each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer as the granularity, there is no need to 2. Split the buffer size reported in the BSR.
  • Step 720 The DU side of the RN 240 sends the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the DU side of the RN 240 may, after receiving the BSR reported by the RN 220, send the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN 240 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the DU side of the RN 240 may directly send the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the DU side of the RN 240 may also send the amount of uplink data that can be transmitted on the uplink resources indicated by the UL grant scheduled by the RN 240 for the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the amount of uplink data to be received reported by the DU side of RN 240 to the adaptation layer on the MT side is the buffer carried in the BSR of RN 220 and other child nodes The sum of size.
  • the DU side of RN 240 reports to the adaptation layer on the MT side.
  • the data volume of the received uplink data may also include the data volume of the uplink data transmitted on the semi-persistent scheduling resource or the scheduling-free resource.
  • Step 730 The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 based on the bearer mapping.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may receive the data amount of the uplink data to be received from the DU side of the RN 240, and the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 is based on the uplink data and/or The data volume of the locally buffered uplink data, the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220, and the mapping relationship between the bearer between RN 240 and RN 250, determine each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 Or the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted in the RLC channel or RLC bearer.
  • the RN determined by the DU side of RN 240 The amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between 240 and RN 220 is the uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN250 The amount of data.
  • the RN 240 determined on the DU side of RN 240 is The total amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 220 is the total amount of data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 The amount of upstream data.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of RN 240 can be based on The mapping relationship determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may not determine the uplinks waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel or each logical channel group on the link between the RN 240 and the RN 250 The amount of data.
  • the data volume of all the uplink data to be transmitted to the RN 250 of the RN 240 can be sent to the RN 250 through a logical channel group in the BSR, thereby saving signaling overhead.
  • Step 740 The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 sends the data amount of the uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 can send the amount of uplink data to be transmitted to the RN 250 determined in step 730 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 can be
  • the data volume of the uplink data transmitted to the RN 250 determines the buffer size carried in the sent BSR.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method can be in steps 810-830, and the process of steps 810-830 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 810 The DU side of the RN 240 receives the BSR reported by the RN 220.
  • step 710 please refer to the description in step 710 for details, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 820 The DU side of the RN 240 determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 based on the bearer mapping.
  • the DU side of RN 240 can determine the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 220 . It can also determine the existence of each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 based on the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220 and the mapping relationship between RN 240 and RN 250 The amount of upstream data waiting to be transmitted. For details, please refer to the description of the mapping relationship in step 730, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 830 The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 sends the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • step 740 Corresponds to step 740. For details, refer to the description in step 740, which is not repeated here.
  • the BSR is triggered on RN220 without uplink resources to send the BSR, and an SR request is sent to request the uplink resource of the BSR.
  • sending SR is described in detail.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending an SR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method shown in FIG. 9 may include steps 910-920, and steps 910-920 will be described in detail below.
  • Step 910 The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 receives the fourth indication information.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may receive the fourth indication information sent by the upper layer of the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 or the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the MT of the RN 240
  • the MAC layer on the side triggers the SR.
  • Step 920 The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 triggers the SR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may trigger an SR after receiving the fourth indication information to apply for uplink resources from the parent node RN 250 of the RN 240.
  • the SR can be sent on the PUCCH through the uplink resources.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may also receive the fifth indication information sent by the upper layer of the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 or the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
  • the fifth indication information may be used to indicate the time to send the SR. Or used to indicate the effective time of SR.
  • the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may trigger the SR according to the fifth indication information.
  • the BSR in the prior art reports the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the node
  • the second BSR is used to report the amount of data to be received by the node
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application can avoid repeated applications for the same resource. The detailed description will be given below in conjunction with Figures 10-11.
  • the third BSR may be a BSR in version 38.321 (technical specification, TS) version (version) 5.4.0 (2018.12) of the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP).
  • the third BSR can also be understood as a special case of the first BSR in the embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • BSR2 may be used to indicate a second BSR, and the logical channel group in the second BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN.
  • BSR3 may be used to indicate a third BSR, and the logical channel group in the third BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the RN.
  • BSR TX can be used to indicate the BSR that has been sent.
  • the MT side of the RN can receive the BSR TX triggered and sent by the child node of the RN on the DU side of the RN (this BSR can be the second BSR reported by the child node of the RN, or it can be reported by the child node of the RN After the third BSR), as the data volume information of the data to be received is received and obtained, the MT side of the RN can trigger the BSR2-1 according to the above implementation, and the BSR2-1 can be used for the uplink data to be received by the RN from the child node Apply for uplink resources.
  • the MT side of the RN can determine the triggered BSR 2-1 for the uplink resource scheduled by the child node according to the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by its child node or the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the child node.
  • the MT side of the RN After the DU side of the RN receives the first uplink data transmitted by the child node of the RN, the first uplink data is the uplink data locally buffered by the RN. Therefore, the MT side of the RN will also trigger BSR3-1, which uses Then apply for uplink resources for the first uplink data buffered locally by the RN. Since the uplink data to be received by the RN reported in BSR2-1 already includes the first uplink data, that is, BSR2-1 has already applied for uplink resources for the first uplink data, the triggered BSR3-1 will cause the first uplink data to be transmitted. Repeated application of uplink resources for uplink data.
  • the MT side of the RN can send a new BSR3-2TX, and the buffer size reported in the BSR3-2TX contains the data for the first uplink data. Cache information. Then part of the uplink data in BSR2-1 triggered before this has been reported through BSR3-2, so when the RN sends a third BSR, the second BSR that was triggered before and in pending state can be cancelled. . This can avoid repeated reporting of the first uplink data through two BSR MAC CE.
  • the MT side of the RN can send a new BSR3-2TX, and the buffer size reported in the BSR3-2TX contains the data for the first uplink data. Cache information.
  • a new second BSR can be triggered while the third BSR3-2 is sent, and the amount of data to be received in the second BSR needs to be deducted.
  • the part already reported in the third BSR3-2 is the data volume of the first uplink data that needs to be deducted.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • BSR2 may be used to indicate a second BSR, and the second BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN.
  • BSR3 may be used to indicate a third BSR, and the third BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the RN.
  • BSR TX can be used to indicate the BSR that has been sent.
  • the MT side of the RN may also receive the BSR TX triggered and reported by the child node of the RN on the DU side of the RN (the BSR TX may be the first BSR reported by the child node of the RN, or it may be the child node of the RN After the reported second BSR), the MT side of the RN triggers and sends BSR2-1TX.
  • the BSR2-1TX can be used to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data to be received by the RN from the child node.
  • the first uplink data is the uplink data locally buffered by the RN.
  • the MT side of the RN will also trigger the BSR3-1, which uses the BSR3-1. Then apply for uplink resources for the first uplink data buffered locally by the RN. Since the uplink data to be received by the RN reported in the sent BSR2-1TX already includes the first uplink data, that is, the sent BSR2-1TX has already applied for uplink resources for the first uplink data, and the BSR3-1 will be triggered again. This results in repeated applications for uplink resources for transmitting the first uplink data.
  • a timer may be configured for the RN, and after the timer expires, it stops timing.
  • the relay node sends the second BSR, if the timer is not started, start the timer; if the timer is running, restart the timer.
  • the MT side of the RN cannot trigger the third BSR, which applies for uplink resources for the above-mentioned part of the uplink data buffered locally in the RN.
  • the MT side of the RN may trigger a third BSR, and the third BSR applies for uplink resources for the above-mentioned part of the uplink data buffered locally in the RN.
  • the MT side of the RN cannot trigger and send BSR2-2TX.
  • BSR2-2TX can be triggered and sent.
  • the steps implemented by the first node may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used for the first node.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the communication device 1200 may be the first node, or may be a component that can be used for the first node.
  • the communication device 1200 includes: a media intervention control MAC layer unit 1210, configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a first BSR is triggered, and the first BSR is used for a first node to report to a second node
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received of the first node, the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
  • the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information
  • the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system
  • the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  • the apparatus 1200 further includes: an upper layer unit 1220 of a MAC layer, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit, where the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is located in the In the MT unit of the first node.
  • the upper layer unit 1220 of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
  • the apparatus 1200 further includes: a distributed unit DU1230, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  • a distributed unit DU1230 configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node
  • the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer.
  • the proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, trigger the The first BSR.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: send the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is all corresponding to the bearer.
  • the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that a second BSR is triggered, and the second BSR is The node reports the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node;
  • the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: trigger the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than a first threshold .
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1300 may include a processor 1301 and a memory 1303.
  • the processor 1301 may be connected to the memory 1303.
  • the memory 1303 may be used to store program codes and data of the communication device 1300. Therefore, the memory 1303 may be a storage unit inside the processor 1301, or an external storage unit independent of the processor 1301, or may include a storage unit inside the processor 1301 and an external storage unit independent of the processor 1301. part.
  • the communication device 1300 may further include a bus 1304.
  • the memory 1303 may be connected to the processor 1301 via a bus 1304;
  • the bus 1304 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus, etc.
  • the bus 1305 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • the processor 1301 may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence processing
  • CPU central processing unit
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • artificial intelligence processing Various computing devices that run software, such as a computer, and each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions for calculation or processing.
  • the processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can form an SoC (on-chip) with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits).
  • the processor can also include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA) and PLD (programmable logic device) , Or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD programmable logic device
  • the processor 1301 When the program is executed, the processor 1301 is configured to configure the media intervention control MAC layer unit to receive first indication information from the upper layer of the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered.
  • the BSR is used by the first node to report the data volume of the uplink data to be received of the first node to the second node, and the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information
  • the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system
  • the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  • the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
  • the processor 1301 is configured to configure the distributed unit DU to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  • the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node
  • the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  • the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer.
  • the proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  • the processor 1301 is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold The first BSR.
  • the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  • the communication device 1300 further includes a transceiver 1302, and the transceiver 1302 is connected to the processor 1301 through the bus 1304, and is used to send and receive the BSR sent by the child node of the communication device 1300, or to send the BSR to the parent node. BSR.
  • the transceiver 1302 is used for the MAC layer unit to send the first BSR, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the uplink to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer The data volume of the data minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the uplink that reaches the first node from when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before sending the first BSR The amount of data.
  • modules in the embodiments of the present application can refer to the related descriptions in the method embodiments.
  • the modules in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as units or circuits, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the communication device may perform some or all of the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations.
  • each step may be executed in a different order presented in the foregoing embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes instructions for executing a method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which is applied to a communication device, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a computer, the computer can execute any of the above-mentioned possibilities The method in the implementation.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, which is applied to a communication device.
  • the chip system includes: at least one processor, at least one memory, and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is responsible for information interaction between the chip system and the outside world.
  • the at least one memory, the interface circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, and instructions are stored in the at least one memory; the instructions are executed by the at least one processor to perform all the above aspects.
  • the at least one memory is optional.
  • the method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a relay node, which includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer.
  • the hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory).
  • the operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system.
  • the application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software.
  • the specific structure of the execution body of the signal transmission method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the signal transmission method in the embodiment of the present application can be run to It is sufficient to communicate according to the signal transmission method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method for triggering BSR in the embodiment of the present application may be a relay node, or the relay node can call and execute the program. Module.
  • various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques.
  • article of manufacture as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium.
  • computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.).
  • various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information.
  • the term "machine-readable medium” may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
  • system and “network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B can also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
  • each unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method for triggering a BSR, a communication apparatus, and a computer-readable storage medium. The method comprises: a media access control (MAC) layer of a mobile terminal (MT) side of a first node receiving first indication information, the first indication information being used to indicate to trigger a first BSR, and the first BSR being used to report to a second node the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node; and the MAC layer of the MT on the first node triggering the first BSR according to the first indication information, wherein the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system. The technical solution provided in the present application may apply in advance for uplink resources for uplink data that has not yet reached the first node, which may thus reduce the delay of uplink transmission in a wireless relay communication system.

Description

一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法、通信装置Method and communication device for triggering buffer status report BSR
本申请要求于2019年2月15日提交的申请号为201910118197.1、申请名称为“一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法、通信装置”的中国专利申请优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed on February 15, 2019 with the application number 201910118197.1 and the application title "A method for triggering a buffer status report BSR and a communication device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法、通信装置及计算机可读存储介质。This application relates to the field of communications, and more specifically, to a method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, a communication device, and a computer-readable storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)和新空口(new radio,NR)里,终端设备与接入节点(例如,基站或者中继节点)建立连接后,当终端设备需要向接入节点发送上行数据的时候,必须要有上行资源。如果没有上行资源则终端设备需要先向接入节点申请上行资源。在终端设备向接入节点申请上行资源的过程中,需要向接入节点上报缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),以便接入节点为终端设备调度适当的上行资源。In long term evolution (LTE) and new radio (NR), after a terminal device establishes a connection with an access node (for example, a base station or a relay node), when the terminal device needs to send an uplink to the access node When data, there must be uplink resources. If there is no uplink resource, the terminal device needs to first apply for the uplink resource from the access node. In the process of a terminal device applying for an uplink resource from an access node, a buffer status report (BSR) needs to be reported to the access node so that the access node can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the terminal device.
在终端设备和基站之间引入中继节点(relay node,RN)的场景中,每个中继节点可以为其子节点调度相应的上行资源,以便于该子节点将缓存在本地的上行数据通过上行资源传输至中继节点。并且,每一个中继节点还可以向其父节点申请上行资源,以便于该父节点为其调度适当的用于传输缓存在中继节点的上行数据的上行资源。如果在终端设备与接入节点之间的中继节点较多,终端设备和每一个中继节点均需要执行上述步骤,从而增大了上行传输的时延。In the scenario where a relay node (RN) is introduced between the terminal equipment and the base station, each relay node can schedule corresponding uplink resources for its child nodes, so that the child node can pass the local uplink data through The uplink resources are transmitted to the relay node. In addition, each relay node may also apply for uplink resources from its parent node, so that the parent node can schedule appropriate uplink resources for transmitting uplink data buffered in the relay node. If there are many relay nodes between the terminal device and the access node, the terminal device and each relay node need to perform the above steps, thereby increasing the delay of uplink transmission.
因此,如何降低中继节点的场景中上行传输的时延成为当前亟需解决的问题。Therefore, how to reduce the delay of uplink transmission in the scenario of the relay node has become a problem that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法、通信装置及计算机可读存储介质,可以提前为还未到达第一节点的上行数据申请到上行资源,从而可以降低无线中继通信系统中上行传输的时延。This application provides a method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, a communication device, and a computer-readable storage medium, which can apply for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the first node, thereby reducing uplink transmission in a wireless relay communication system Time delay.
第一方面,提供了一种BSR的触发方法,包括:第一节点的移动终端MT侧的媒体介入控制MAC层接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;所述第一节点上的所述MT的MAC层根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。In a first aspect, a method for triggering a BSR is provided, which includes: a media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of a mobile terminal of a first node receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered; The first BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node to the second node; the MAC layer of the MT on the first node triggers the second node according to the first indication information A BSR; wherein the first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层接收所述第一指示信息。In a possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from an upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层为所述第一节点的MT侧的适配层。In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is an adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的分布式单元DU侧接收所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from the distributed unit DU side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: the corresponding bearer between the first node and the second node and the corresponding bearer of the uplink data to be received by the first node The amount of data, the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一指示信息还包括承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量的情况下,所述第一指示信息还用于指示触发BSR或者生成BSR。In another possible implementation manner, in the case that the first indication information further includes the amount of data carrying the corresponding uplink data to be received by the first node, the first indication information is also used to indicate triggering BSR or generate BSR.
应理解,生成BSR可以是确定发送的BSR中上报的buffer size。It should be understood that generating the BSR may be determining the buffer size reported in the sent BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第一指示信息中包括的第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量的情况下,触发BSR或者生成BSR。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR or generate the BSR according to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node included in the first indication information.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量时,触发BSR。作为一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息指示的第一节点的MT侧的一个或多个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载的待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量信息触发BSR。作为另一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在接收到第二指示信息指示之后,还可以根据宿主基站配置的门限确定是否触发BSR。例如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量大于或等于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以触发BSR。又如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载的数据量或总数据量小于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以不触发BSR。When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node. As an example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information or uplink data and/or local uplink data to be received carried by the RLC. The data volume information of the buffered uplink data triggers the BSR. As another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication. For example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer indicated by the second indication information is greater than or equal to a threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR. For another example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC indicated by the second indication information is less than the threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据数据量触发BSR的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第一时间信息,第一时间信息可以用于确定发送BSR的时间,并可以在具有传输BSR的上行资源的情况下,发送BSR。In the case that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the amount of data, the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may also receive the first time information, which may be used to determine the time to send the BSR, In addition, the BSR can be sent when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量时,生成BSR。例如,可以根据根据第二指示信息中指示的数据量生成BSR,生成BSR的过程也可以理解为确定第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size。When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates a BSR according to the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node. For example, the BSR can be generated according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information, and the process of generating the BSR can also be understood as determining each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node. The buffer size reported in the logical channel group.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR的情况下,在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR之前,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以触发BSR。In the case that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information, before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may Trigger the BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。In another possible implementation manner, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is also It includes: ratio information, the ratio information being used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer, which is reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node The proportion of the total amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and the fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接 收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the MT of the first node The MAC layer on the side triggers the first BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一指示信息包括第一时间信息的情况下,所述第一指示信息还用于指示触发BSR或者用于指示发送BSR。In another possible implementation manner, in a case where the first indication information includes first time information, the first indication information is further used to indicate triggering of the BSR or used to indicate sending of the BSR.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在第一时间信息用于指示触发BSR的时间的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第一时间信息触发BSR。本申请对确定发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size的具体实现方式不做具体限定。作为一个示例,可以是第一节点的MT侧内部确定发送的BSR中的buffer size。作为另一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第二指示信息,并可以根据第二指示信息中指示的数据量确定发送的BSR中的buffer size。In a possible implementation manner, when the first time information is used to indicate the time to trigger the BSR, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first time information. This application does not specifically limit the specific implementation of determining the buffer size reported in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the sent BSR. As an example, the MT side of the first node may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR internally. As another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information.
在第一时间信息用于指示发送BSR的时间的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息发送BSR。In the case where the first time information is used to indicate the time to send the BSR, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the BSR according to the third indication information.
第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第一时间信息中指示的第一时间信息确定发送BSR的时间,并可以在具有传输BSR的上行资源的情况下,发送BSR。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the time to send the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the first time information, and may send the BSR when there is an uplink resource for transmitting the BSR.
本申请实施例在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息发送BSR之前,可以触发BSR或者生成BSR。作为一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第一指示信息,并可以根据第一指示信息触发BSR。In the embodiment of the present application, before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information, the BSR may be triggered or generated. As an example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the first indication information, and may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR Is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the first data received from the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node A data amount of uplink data that reaches the first node after the indication information is started and before the first BSR is sent.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层维护第一定时器,所述方法还包括:In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node maintains a first timer, and the method further includes:
当所述第一定时器未运行或超时时,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层允许向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR时;或者,When the first timer is not running or times out, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node allows sending the first BSR to the second node; or,
当所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR时,启动或重启所述第一定时器;或者,When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, start or restart the first timer; or,
当所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层没有待发送或挂起的所述第一BSR时,停止运行所述第一定时器。When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node does not have the first BSR to be sent or suspended, stop running the first timer.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层维护第二定时器,所述方法还包括:In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node maintains a second timer, and the method further includes:
当所述第二定时器未未运行或超时,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层允许向所述MAC层发送所述第一指示信息;或者When the second timer is not running or times out, the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node allows sending the first indication information to the MAC layer; or
当所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层向所述MAC层发送所述第一指示信息时,启动或重启所述第二定时器。When the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first indication information to the MAC layer, start or restart the second timer.
第二方面,提供了一种BSR的生成方法,包括:第一节点的移动终端MT侧的媒体介入控制MAC层接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组;第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量生成第一BSR。In a second aspect, a method for generating a BSR is provided, which includes: a media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of a mobile terminal of a first node receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the first node and The bearer between the second nodes corresponds to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group; first The MAC layer on the MT side of the node generates the first BSR according to the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。In a possible implementation manner, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, where the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received in the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the first node The four node is the parent node of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层生成所述第一BSR。In another possible implementation, when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates The first BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一指示信息还用于触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the first indication information is also used to trigger a first BSR, and the first BSR is used to report to a second node the pending reception of the first node The amount of upstream data;
所述第一节点的所述MT的MAC层根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR。The MAC layer of the MT of the first node triggers the first BSR according to the first indication information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层接收所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from an upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层为所述第一节点的MT侧的适配层。In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is an adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的分布式单元DU侧接收所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from the distributed unit DU side of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。In another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR Is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the first data received from the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node A data amount of uplink data that reaches the first node after the indication information is started and before the first BSR is sent.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以实现第一方面或任意一种可能的实现方式中所描述的BSR的触发方法,或者还可以用于实现第二方面或任意一种可能的实现方式中所描述的BSR的生成方法。例如,该BSR的触发装置可以为第一节点,或者为设置在BSR的触发中的芯片。其可以通过软件、硬件、或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现上述方法。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided, which can implement the BSR trigger method described in the first aspect or any one of the possible implementations, or can also be used to implement the second aspect or any one of the possible implementations. The BSR generation method described in the implementation mode. For example, the triggering device of the BSR may be the first node, or a chip set in the triggering of the BSR. The above method can be realized by software, hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
需要说明的是,第一节点可以是中继节点,或者还可以是接入网设备。It should be noted that the first node may be a relay node, or may also be an access network device.
第四方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:In a fourth aspect, a communication device is provided, including:
媒体介入控制MAC层单元,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于第一节点向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述MAC层单元位于所述第一节点的移动终端MT单元中;The media intervention control MAC layer unit is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a first BSR, and the first BSR is used by the first node to report to the second node the information of the first node The data volume of the uplink data to be received, the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
所述MAC层单元,还用于根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The MAC layer unit is further configured to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information;
其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:MAC层的上层单元,用于向所述MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息,所述MAC层的上层单元位于所述第一节点的MT单元中。In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: an upper layer unit of the MAC layer, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit, where the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is located at the first node MT unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层的上层单元为适配层单元。In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:分布式单元DU,用于向MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a distributed unit DU, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node The bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。In another possible implementation manner, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer. The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层单元还用于:当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,触发所述第一BSR。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer unit is further configured to: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, trigger the second One BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层单元还用于:向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述MAC层单元接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer unit is further configured to: send the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the corresponding to the bearer The data amount of the uplink data to be received by the first node minus the first data amount, where the first data amount is from the time when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before the first BSR is sent The data volume of the uplink data of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层单元还用于:接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示触发第二BSR,所述第二BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;In another possible implementation manner, the MAC layer unit is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a second BSR, and the second BSR is used to notify the second node Reporting the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node;
所述MAC层单元还用于:根据所述第二指示信息触发所述第二BSR,触发所述第二BSR的时间与触发所述第一BSR的时间之间的时间间隔大于第一阈值。The MAC layer unit is further configured to: trigger the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than a first threshold.
第五方面,提供了一种通信设备,包括:存储器、处理器,In a fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, including: a memory, a processor,
其中,该处理器与存储器连接。该存储器可以用于存储该终端设备的程序代码和数据。因此,该存储器可以是处理器内部的存储单元,也可以是与处理器独立的外部存储单元,还可以是包括处理器内部的存储单元和与处理器独立的外部存储单元的部件。Among them, the processor is connected to the memory. The memory can be used to store the program code and data of the terminal device. Therefore, the memory may be a storage unit inside the processor, or an external storage unit independent of the processor, or a component including a storage unit inside the processor and an external storage unit independent of the processor.
可选地,该处理器可以是通用处理器,可以通过硬件来实现也可以通过软件来实现。当通过硬件实现时,该处理器可以是逻辑电路、集成电路等;当通过软件来实现时,该处理器可以是一个通用处理器,通过读取存储器中存储的软件代码来实现,该存储器可以集成在处理器中,可以位于该处理器之外,独立存在。Optionally, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which may be implemented by hardware or software. When implemented by hardware, the processor may be a logic circuit, integrated circuit, etc.; when implemented by software, the processor may be a general-purpose processor, which is implemented by reading software codes stored in the memory, and the memory may Integrated in the processor, can be located outside of the processor, and exist independently.
当程序被执行时,所述处理器用于配置媒体介入控制MAC层单元从MAC层单元的上层接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于第一节点向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述MAC层单元位于所述第一节点的移动终端MT单元中;When the program is executed, the processor is configured to configure the media intervention control MAC layer unit to receive first indication information from the upper layer of the MAC layer unit. The first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered. Reporting the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node to the second node at the first node, and the MAC layer unit is located in the mobile terminal MT unit of the first node;
所述处理器还用于配置所述MAC层单元根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The processor is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information;
其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层的上层单元为适配层单元。In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器用于配置分布式单元DU向MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the processor is configured to configure the distributed unit DU to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node The bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。In another possible implementation manner, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer. The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器还用于配置MAC层单元当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,触发所述第一BSR。In another possible implementation manner, the processor is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the transmission when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold. The first BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述通信设备还包括收发器,用于MAC层单元发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述MAC层单元接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。In another possible implementation manner, the communication device further includes a transceiver, configured to send the first BSR by a MAC layer unit, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the first BSR corresponding to the bearer The data volume of the uplink data to be received by a node minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is from the time when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before the first BSR is sent. The data volume of the uplink data of the first node.
第六方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机程序,当该计算机程序运行时,使得该通信设备执行如第一方面或第一方面的任意一种实现方式中所述的方法,或者 执行如第二方面或第二方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, including a computer program, which when the computer program runs, causes the communication device to execute the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects, Or execute the method as described in the second aspect or any implementation manner of the second aspect.
第七方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行如第一方面或第一方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法,或者执行如第二方面或第二方面任意一种实现方式中所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, a computer program product is provided. When the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer executes the method described in the first aspect or any one of the first aspects, or executes the method described in the first aspect or the first aspect. The method described in the second aspect or any implementation of the second aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是本申请实施例可应用的通信系统100的场景示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a scene of a communication system 100 applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的无线中继通信系统200的示意性框图。FIG. 2 is a schematic block diagram of a possible wireless relay communication system 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种MAC CE的格式的示意性框图。Fig. 3 is a schematic block diagram of a MAC CE format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的触发BSR的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a possible method for triggering a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的触发BSR方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another possible BSR triggering method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的触发BSR的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种确定待传输的上行数据的数据量的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种确定待传输的上行数据的数据量的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种发送SR的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending an SR according to an embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的RN发送BSR的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的RN发送BSR的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置1200的示意性框图。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application.
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备1300的示意性框图。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
图1是应用于本申请实施例的移动通信系统100的架构图。如图1所示,移动通信系统100包括至少一个终端设备(例如,图1中的终端设备110、终端设备120)、无线回传设备130、接入网设备140以及核心网设备150。Fig. 1 is an architecture diagram of a mobile communication system 100 applied to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the mobile communication system 100 includes at least one terminal device (for example, the terminal device 110 and the terminal device 120 in FIG. 1), a wireless backhaul device 130, an access network device 140, and a core network device 150.
终端设备通过无线的方式与无线回传设备130相连,一个或多个无线回传设备130通过无线的方式与接入网设备140相连,可以是直接或通过其他无线回传设备中继间接与接入网设备140相连。接入网设备140可以通过无线的方式与核心网设备150连接,或者可以通过有线的方式与核心网设备150连接。The terminal device is connected to the wireless backhaul device 130 in a wireless manner, and one or more wireless backhaul devices 130 are connected to the access network device 140 in a wireless manner, which can be directly or indirectly connected to the connection device through other wireless backhaul devices. The network access device 140 is connected. The access network device 140 may be connected to the core network device 150 in a wireless manner, or may be connected to the core network device 150 in a wired manner.
本申请实施例对移动通信系统100不做具体限定,例如可以是全球移动通讯(global system of mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,RN)等。The embodiment of this application does not specifically limit the mobile communication system 100, for example, it may be a global system of mobile communication (GSM) system, code division multiple access (CDMA) system, and broadband code division multiple access. (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA) system, general packet radio service (GPRS), long term evolution (LTE) system, LTE frequency division duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) communication system, the future fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) system or new radio (RN), etc.
本申请实施例中对终端设备的类型不做具体限定,例如可以是用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线网络设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端可以包括但不限于移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动电话(mobile telephone)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、手机(handset)、便携设备(portable equipment)、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、物流用的射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)终端设备,具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、物联网、车辆网中的终端设备以及未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)网络中的终端设备等。In the embodiments of this application, the type of terminal equipment is not specifically limited. For example, it may be user equipment (UE), access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile Equipment, user terminal, wireless network equipment, user agent or user device. Terminals can include, but are not limited to, mobile stations (MS), mobile phones (mobile phones), user equipment (UE), mobile phones (handset), portable equipment (portable equipment), cellular phones, cordless phones, conversations Initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephone, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) station, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant, PDA), logistics use radio frequency identification (RFID) terminal equipment, Handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, Internet of Things, terminal devices in vehicle networks, and terminal devices in future 5G networks or future evolution of public land mobile The terminal equipment in the network (public land mobile network, PLMN) network, etc.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
本申请实施例对接入网设备140的类型不做具体限定,可以是用于与终端设备通信的任何设备。该接入网设备140例如可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(base transceiver station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该接入网设备140例如可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等。The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of the access network device 140, and may be any device used to communicate with terminal devices. The access network device 140 may be, for example, a base transceiver station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, a base station (NodeB, NB) in a WCDMA system, or an evolutional base station (evolutional Node) in an LTE system. B, eNB or eNodeB), may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario, or the access network device 140 may be, for example, a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, Wearable devices and network equipment in the future 5G network or network equipment in the future evolved PLMN network, etc.
作为一种可能的方式,由于未来接入网可以采用云无线接入网(cloud radio access network,C-RAN)架构来实现,一种可能的方式是将传统接入网设备140的协议栈架构和功能分割为两部分,一部分称为集中单元(central unit,CU),另一部分称为分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。一个CU可以连接一个DU,或者也可以多个DU共用一个CU,可以节省成本,以及易于网络扩展。CU和DU的切分可以按照协议栈切分,其中一种可能的方式是将无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)、服务数据映射协议栈(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)以及分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层部署在CU,其余的无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、介质访问控制(media access control,MAC)层以及物理层部署在DU。As a possible way, since the future access network can be realized by cloud radio access network (C-RAN) architecture, one possible way is to use the protocol stack architecture of the traditional access network device 140 The sum function is divided into two parts, one part is called a central unit (CU), and the other part is called a distributed unit (DU). One CU can be connected to one DU, or multiple DUs can share one CU, which can save costs and facilitate network expansion. The segmentation of CU and DU can be segmented according to the protocol stack. One possible way is to combine radio resource control (RRC), service data mapping protocol stack (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP), and packet data aggregation protocol. The (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer is deployed in the CU, and the remaining radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer, and physical layer are deployed in the DU.
另外,在本申请实施例中,接入网设备140可以为小区提供服务,终端设备通过该小区使用的传输资源(例如,频域资源,或者说,频谱资源)与接入网设备140进行通信。该小区可以是接入网设备140(例如基站)对应的小区,小区可以属于宏基站,也可以属于小小区(small cell)对应的基站,这里的小小区可以包括:城市小区(Metro cell)、微 小区(Micro cell)、微微小区(Pico cell)、毫微微小区(Femto cell)等,这些小小区具有覆盖范围小和发射功率低的特点,适用于提供高速率的数据传输服务。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the access network device 140 may provide services for the cell, and the terminal device communicates with the access network device 140 through the transmission resources (for example, frequency domain resources, or spectrum resources) used by the cell. . The cell may be a cell corresponding to the access network device 140 (for example, a base station). The cell may belong to a macro base station or a base station corresponding to a small cell. The small cell here may include: Metro cell, Microcells, picocells, femtocells, etc., these small cells have the characteristics of small coverage and low transmit power, and are suitable for providing high-rate data transmission services.
本申请实施例对核心网设备150的类型不作具体限定。作为一个示例,在4G系统中,核心网设备150可以为演进型分组核心网(evolved packet core network,EPC),其包括移动终端的业务网关(serving gateway,S-GW)、移动管理实体(mobility management entity,MME)等功能实体。作为另一个示例,在5G系统中,核心网设备150可以为下一代核心网(next generation core network,NGC),其包括会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)和接入和流动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)等功能实体,为移动终端提供鉴权认证及移动性管理等功能。The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the type of the core network device 150. As an example, in a 4G system, the core network device 150 may be an evolved packet core network (EPC), which includes a service gateway (serving gateway, S-GW) of a mobile terminal, and a mobility management entity (mobility management entity). management entity, MME) and other functional entities. As another example, in a 5G system, the core network device 150 may be a next generation core network (NGC), which includes a session management function (SMF) and access and liquidity management functions ( Access and mobility management function (AMF) and other functional entities provide functions such as authentication and mobility management for mobile terminals.
核心网设备150与接入网设备140可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备150的功能与接入网设备140的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备150的功能和部分接入网设备140的功能。终端设备可以是固定位置的,也可以是可移动的。The core network device 150 and the access network device 140 may be separate and different physical devices, or the function of the core network device 150 and the logical function of the access network device 140 may be integrated on the same physical device, or one The physical equipment integrates part of the core network equipment 150 functions and part of the access network equipment 140 functions. The terminal device can be a fixed location or movable.
本申请的实施例对该移动通信系统100中包括的核心网设备150、接入网设备140、无线回传设备130和终端设备的数量不做限定。The embodiment of the present application does not limit the number of core network equipment 150, access network equipment 140, wireless backhaul equipment 130, and terminal equipment included in the mobile communication system 100.
接入网设备140和终端设备可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持或车载。也可以部署在水面上。还可以部署在空中的飞机、气球和人造卫星上。本申请的实施例对接入网设备140和终端设备的应用场景不做限定。The access network device 140 and terminal devices can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld or vehicle-mounted. It can also be deployed on the water. It can also be deployed on aircraft, balloons and satellites in the air. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the application scenarios of the access network device 140 and the terminal device.
接入网设备140和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过授权频谱(licensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以通过免授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)进行通信,也可以同时通过授权频谱和免授权频谱进行通信。接入网设备140和终端设备之间以及终端设备和终端设备之间可以通过6吉兆赫(gigahertz,GHz)以下的频谱进行通信,也可以通过6GHz以上的频谱进行通信,还可以同时使用6GHz以下的频谱和6GHz以上的频谱进行通信。本申请的实施例对接入网设备140和终端设备之间所使用的频谱资源不做限定。The communication between the access network device 140 and the terminal device and between the terminal device and the terminal device can be through the licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum), or through the unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum), or through the licensed spectrum and the free spectrum at the same time. Authorize spectrum for communication. The access network device 140 and the terminal device and between the terminal device and the terminal device can communicate through the frequency spectrum below 6 gigahertz (gigahertz, GHz), communicate through the frequency spectrum above 6 GHz, and can also use below 6 GHz at the same time Communicate with the frequency spectrum above 6GHz. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the spectrum resource used between the access network device 140 and the terminal device.
无线回传设备130可以是至少一个接入回传一体化节点(integrated access and backhaul node,IAB node),也可以称为中继节点(relay node,RN)。RN或IAB node可在终端设备和接入网设备140之间进行数据和/或信令的转发。RN或IAB node可以是基站或终端设备,具体的有关基站的描述请参考上文中的说明,此处不再赘述。The wireless backhaul device 130 may be at least one integrated access and backhaul node (IAB node), and may also be referred to as a relay node (RN). The RN or IAB node may forward data and/or signaling between the terminal device and the access network device 140. The RN or IAB node can be a base station or a terminal device. For a specific description of the base station, please refer to the above description, which will not be repeated here.
下面结合图2中一种可能的无线中继通信系统200,对无线回传设备130为终端设备和接入网设备140之间转发数据和信令的过程进行详细描述。The following describes in detail the process of forwarding data and signaling between the wireless backhaul device 130 as a terminal device and the access network device 140 in conjunction with a possible wireless relay communication system 200 in FIG. 2.
如图2所示,在无线中继通信系统200中,RN 210、RN 220、RN 230、RN 240、RN250对应于图1所示的无线回传设备130,RN还可以称为IAB node。接入网设备140可以作为宿主(donor)基站或称之为IAB宿主或宿主节点,连接至核心网设备150,并为RN提供无线接入功能。As shown in FIG. 2, in the wireless relay communication system 200, RN 210, RN 220, RN 230, RN 240, and RN 250 correspond to the wireless backhaul device 130 shown in FIG. 1, and RN may also be referred to as an IAB node. The access network device 140 can be used as a donor (donor) base station or referred to as an IAB host or a donor node, connected to the core network device 150, and provide a wireless access function for the RN.
宿主基站可以是一个具有完整基站功能的接入网网元,还可以是集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)分离形态的接入网网元。宿主基站连接到为终端设备服务的核心网设备150,并为RN提供无线回传功能。为便于表述,将宿主节点的集中式单元简称为donor CU,宿主节点的分布式单元简称为donor DU, 其中donor CU还有可能是控制面(control plane,CP)和用户面(user plane,UP)分离的形态,例如CU可由一个CU-CP和一个(或多个)CU-UP组成。The donor base station may be an access network element with a complete base station function, or it may be an access network element in the form of separated centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU). The donor base station is connected to the core network device 150 serving the terminal device, and provides a wireless backhaul function for the RN. For ease of presentation, the centralized unit of the host node is abbreviated as donor CU, and the distributed unit of the host node is abbreviated as donor DU. The donor CU may also be the control plane (CP) and the user plane (UP). ) A separate form, for example, a CU can be composed of one CU-CP and one (or more) CU-UPs.
应理解,在新空口(new radio,RN)系统(或称5G系统)中该宿主基站可以为(donor gNodeB,DgNB),在LTE系统(或称4G系统)中该宿主基站可以为(donor eNodeB,DeNB),当然,宿主基站还可以简称为:gNB或者eNB。It should be understood that in a new radio (RN) system (or 5G system), the donor base station may be (donor gNodeB, DgNB), and in an LTE system (or 4G system), the donor base station may be (donor eNodeB) , DeNB). Of course, the donor base station can also be referred to as gNB or eNB for short.
在无线中继通信系统200中,RN210、RN220与终端设备之间的链路可以称为接入链路(access link),RN与RN之间以及RN与接入网设备140之间的链路可以称为回传链路(backhaul link)。In the wireless relay communication system 200, the link between the RN210, RN220 and the terminal device may be called an access link, the link between the RN and the RN and the link between the RN and the access network device 140 It can be called a backhaul link.
图2所示的无线中继通信系统200中,RN可以支持双连接(Dual connectivity,DC)或者多连接(multi-connectivity),以应对回传链路可能发生的异常情况。例如回传链路的中断或阻塞(blockage)及负载波动等异常,提高传输的可靠性保障。因此在终端设备和宿主基站之间可能存在多条传输路径。In the wireless relay communication system 200 shown in FIG. 2, the RN may support dual connectivity (DC) or multi-connectivity to deal with abnormal situations that may occur on the backhaul link. For example, abnormalities such as interruption or blockage of the return link and load fluctuations can improve the reliability of transmission. Therefore, there may be multiple transmission paths between the terminal device and the donor base station.
应理解,RN支持双连接或者多连接可以是一个RN与两个或两个以上的RN之间进行无线连接。例如,RN 220既可以和RN 230之间进行无线连接,还可以和RN 240之间进行无线连接。It should be understood that the RN supporting dual connectivity or multiple connectivity may be a wireless connection between one RN and two or more RNs. For example, the RN 220 can be wirelessly connected to the RN 230, and can also be wirelessly connected to the RN 240.
还应理解,在一条路径上,RN与RN之间,以及RN与为RN服务的宿主节点之间有确定的层级关系。每个RN将为其提供回传服务的节点视为父节点,相应地,每个RN可视为其父节点的子节点,父节点可以为子节点调度相应的上行资源。It should also be understood that there is a certain hierarchical relationship between the RN and the RN, and between the RN and the host node serving the RN on a path. Each RN regards the node providing the backhaul service as a parent node. Accordingly, each RN can be regarded as a child node of its parent node, and the parent node can schedule corresponding uplink resources for the child node.
例如,参见图2,RN 250的父节点为接入网设备140,RN 250又为RN 230和RN 240的父节点,RN 230和RN 240均为RN 220的父节点,RN 210的父节点为RN 230。For example, referring to Figure 2, the parent node of RN 250 is the access network device 140, RN 250 is the parent node of RN 230 and RN 240, RN 230 and RN 240 are both parent nodes of RN 220, and the parent node of RN 210 is RN 230.
终端设备的上行数据包可以在经过多个RN传输至接入网设备140后,再由接入网设备140发送至移动网关设备(例如5G核心网中的用户平面功能(user plane function,UPF)),下行数据包将由接入网设备140从移动网关设备处接收后,再通过多个RN发送至终端设备。The uplink data packet of the terminal device can be transmitted to the access network device 140 through multiple RNs, and then sent by the access network device 140 to the mobile gateway device (for example, the user plane function (UPF) in the 5G core network) ), the downlink data packet will be received by the access network device 140 from the mobile gateway device, and then sent to the terminal device through multiple RNs.
以终端设备110将上行数据包传输至接入网设备140的过程为例,其具体的传输路线可以有多条。本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。作为一个示例,可以按照终端设备110-RN210-RN 230-RN 250-接入网设备140的路线传输上行数据包。作为另一个示例,还可以按照终端设备110-RN 220-RN 230-RN 250-接入网设备140的路线传输上行数据包。作为另一个示例,还可以按照终端设备110-RN 220-RN 240-RN 250-接入网设备140的路线传输上行数据包。Taking the process in which the terminal device 110 transmits the uplink data packet to the access network device 140 as an example, there may be multiple specific transmission routes. The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit this. As an example, the uplink data packet may be transmitted according to the route of the terminal device 110-RN210-RN 230-RN 250-access network device 140. As another example, the uplink data packet may also be transmitted according to the route of terminal device 110-RN 220-RN 230-RN 250-access network device 140. As another example, the uplink data packet may also be transmitted according to the route of the terminal device 110-RN 220-RN 240-RN 250-access network device 140.
在上行传输过程中,宿主(donor)基站可以集中式地配置可用的空口资源。RN作为父节点,可以充当一个类似基站的接入网设备的角色,在宿主基站管理的可用的空口资源上通过调度为其子节点分配用于传输上行数据的上行资源。RN作为子节点,对于为其提供服务的父节点而言可以充当一个终端设备的角色,像终端设备一样接入无线网络,执行终端设备的功能。通过小区选择、随机接入等操作,与父节点建立连接,获取父节点为其调度的用于传输上行数据的上行资源。作为示例而非限定,本申请实施例将RN作为执行终端设备的功能称为RN的移动终端(moblie terminal,MT)侧或RN的MT功能单元,将RN作为类似基站的接入网设备称为RN的DU侧或RN的DU功能单元。During the uplink transmission process, the donor base station can centrally configure the available air interface resources. As a parent node, the RN can act as an access network device similar to a base station, and allocate uplink resources for transmitting uplink data to its child nodes through scheduling on the available air interface resources managed by the donor base station. As a child node, the RN can act as a terminal device for the parent node that provides services for it, access the wireless network like a terminal device, and perform the function of the terminal device. Through operations such as cell selection and random access, a connection is established with the parent node to obtain the uplink resources scheduled for the parent node for transmission of uplink data. As an example and not a limitation, the embodiment of the present application refers to the RN as the mobile terminal (MT) side of the RN or the MT function unit of the RN as the function of executing the terminal device, and the RN as the access network device similar to the base station is called DU side of RN or DU functional unit of RN.
在长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)和新空口(new radio,NR)里,终端设备与 接入节点(例如,RN或宿主基站)建立连接并需要向接入节点发送上行数据时,终端设备需要获取上行链路授权(uplink grant,UL grant),并在UL grant指示的上行资源上传输上行数据。如果没有上行资源,终端设备则可以通过向接入节点发送缓存状态报告(buffer status reporting,BSR),以便于向接入节点提供终端设备上的UL待传输的数据量信息,从而向接入节点申请传输上行数据的上行资源。In long term evolution (LTE) and new radio (NR), when a terminal device establishes a connection with an access node (for example, RN or a donor base station) and needs to send uplink data to the access node, the terminal device It is necessary to obtain an uplink grant (UL grant), and transmit uplink data on the uplink resource indicated by the UL grant. If there is no uplink resource, the terminal device can send a buffer status report (BSR) to the access node, so as to provide the access node with information about the amount of UL data to be transmitted on the terminal device, thereby providing the access node Apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data.
需要说明的是,每个接入节点独立的调度接入该接入节点的设备的上行资源,例如,图2中的RN 210可以为终端设备110调度适当的上行资源来传输上行数据。又如,RN 250可以为RN 230和RN 240调度适当的上行资源来传输上行数据。It should be noted that each access node independently schedules the uplink resources of the devices that access the access node. For example, the RN 210 in FIG. 2 can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the terminal device 110 to transmit uplink data. For another example, RN 250 may schedule appropriate uplink resources for RN 230 and RN 240 to transmit uplink data.
具体的,以终端设备110向RN 210发送上行数据为例,终端设备110需要向RN 210发送缓存状态报告(buffer status report,BSR),该BSR中可以携带终端设备110与RN 210之间的逻辑信道(logical channel,LCH)或逻辑信道组(logical channel group,LCG)上待传输的的上行数据的数据量,以便于RN 210通过UL grant为终端设备110调度适当的上行传输资源。Specifically, taking the terminal device 110 sending uplink data to the RN 210 as an example, the terminal device 110 needs to send a buffer status report (BSR) to the RN 210. The BSR can carry the logic between the terminal device 110 and the RN 210 The amount of uplink data to be transmitted on a channel (logical channel, LCH) or logical channel group (logical channel group, LCG), so that the RN 210 can schedule appropriate uplink transmission resources for the terminal device 110 through the UL grant.
应理解,逻辑信道与RLC信道(channel)之间可以是一一对应。RLC信道可以理解为RLC层和上层协议层之间的通道。作为一个示例,在RN与RN之间的回传链路中,RLC对应的上层协议为适配层,则RLC channel指的是适配层与RLC层之间的信道。另外,RLC channel也可以称为RLC承载(bearer),本申请对此不做具体限定。It should be understood that there may be a one-to-one correspondence between logical channels and RLC channels. The RLC channel can be understood as the channel between the RLC layer and the upper protocol layer. As an example, in the backhaul link between the RN and the RN, the upper layer protocol corresponding to the RLC is the adaptation layer, and the RLC channel refers to the channel between the adaptation layer and the RLC layer. In addition, the RLC channel may also be called an RLC bearer, which is not specifically limited in this application.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,RLC信道、逻辑信道、RLC承载之间可以等效替换,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the RLC channel, the logical channel, and the RLC bearer can be equivalently replaced, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如果终端设备110触发了一个常规的(regular)BSR,但是没有上行资源传输BSR的情况下,终端设备110可以向RN 210发送调度请求(scheduling request,SR),以便于向RN 210请求适当的上行资源来传输BSR。Optionally, if the terminal device 110 triggers a regular (regular) BSR but there is no uplink resource to transmit the BSR, the terminal device 110 may send a scheduling request (SR) to the RN 210, so as to send a scheduling request (SR) to the RN 210. Request appropriate uplink resources to transmit BSR.
同样的,RN 210在接收到终端设备110传输的上行数据之后,可以通过执行上述步骤向RN 210的父节点(例如,RN 230)发送BSR,以便于RN 230为RN 210调度适当的上行资源,使得RN 210可以将上行数据通过上行资源传输至RN 230。Similarly, after the RN 210 receives the uplink data transmitted by the terminal device 110, it can send a BSR to the parent node of the RN 210 (for example, the RN 230) by performing the above steps, so that the RN 230 can schedule appropriate uplink resources for the RN 210. This allows the RN 210 to transmit uplink data to the RN 230 through uplink resources.
在如图2所示的无线中继通信系统200中,每一个终端设备或者RN需要通过上述步骤为缓存在各个终端设备和RN本地的上行数据申请上行资源。如果在终端设备与接入网设备140之间有多个中继节点,终端设备和每一个中继节点均需要执行上述步骤,从而增大了上行传输的时延。In the wireless relay communication system 200 shown in FIG. 2, each terminal device or RN needs to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data buffered locally in each terminal device and RN through the above steps. If there are multiple relay nodes between the terminal device and the access network device 140, the terminal device and each relay node need to perform the above steps, thereby increasing the delay of uplink transmission.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案,可以为未到达中继节点的上行数据提前申请上行资源,使得未到达的上行数据在缓存至中继节点的本地之后,该中继节点已经为该上行数据申请到上行资源,从而可以降低上行传输过程中的时延。下面结合图4-图6,对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行详细描述。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of this application can apply for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not arrived at the relay node, so that after the unreached uplink data is cached locally at the relay node, the relay node has already applied for the uplink data. To the uplink resources, the delay in the uplink transmission process can be reduced. The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 4 to 6.
应理解,本申请实施例涉及的为还未到达中继节点的上行数据提前申请上行资源的BSR可以采用第一BSR进行上报,也可以采用第二BSR进行上报,下面对第一BSR和第二BSR进行详细描述。It should be understood that the BSR that applies for uplink resources in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the relay node involved in the embodiments of this application can be reported using the first BSR or the second BSR. The following is a description of the first BSR and the second BSR. Two BSR is described in detail.
需要说明的是,为了便于描述,下面采用第一节点进行描述,下面的第一节点为中继节点,第一节点的子节点可以是中继节点,或者还可以是终端设备。第一节点的父节点可以是中继节点,或者还可以是宿主基站。It should be noted that, for ease of description, the first node is used for description below, the first node below is a relay node, and the child nodes of the first node may be a relay node or a terminal device. The parent node of the first node may be a relay node, or may also be a donor base station.
还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中的第一节点待接收的上行数据可以理解为第一节点将从第一节点的一个或者多个子节点接收到的上行数据,这些上行数据由于没有到达第一节点,故没有被第一节点缓存。本申请实施例中,待接收的上行数据可以称为未到达的上行数据、期待到达的上行数据或者待传输的上行数据。It should also be noted that the uplink data to be received by the first node in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as the uplink data that the first node will receive from one or more child nodes of the first node. The uplink data has not reached the first node. One node, so it is not cached by the first node. In the embodiments of the present application, the uplink data to be received may be referred to as unarrival uplink data, expected uplink data or uplink data to be transmitted.
第一节点待接收的上行数据可以为以下中的任意一种或多种:第一节点的子节点向第一节点上报的BSR中携带的缓存大小(buffer size)、第一节点的多个子节点上报的BSR中携带的缓存大小(buffer size)的总和、第一节点为第一节点的子节点调度的UL grant指示的上行资源上可以传输的上行数据、第一节点和第一节点的子节点之间的上行链路的半持续性调度(semi-persistent scheduling,SPS)资源或免调度(grant-free)资源上传输的上行数据。The uplink data to be received by the first node may be any one or more of the following: the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the child nodes of the first node to the first node, and multiple child nodes of the first node The sum of the buffer size carried in the reported BSR, the uplink data that can be transmitted on the uplink resource indicated by the UL grant scheduled by the first node as the child node of the first node, the first node and the child nodes of the first node The uplink data transmitted on semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources or grant-free resources in the uplink.
例如,假设在t1时刻,终端设备110待传输的上行数据量为15字节,终端设备110向RN210发送BSR,该BSR可以为终端设备110待传输的15字节的数据量申请上行资源。RN 210可能根据BSR中携带的数据量为终端设备110调度了能够传输10字节的上行资源。终端设备110在下次上行数据的传输过程中,会向RN 210发送10字节的数据。因此,终端设备110待接收的上行数据的数据量可以是RN 210发送的BSR中携带的15字节,或者终端设备110待接收的上行数据的数据量可以是RN 210为终端设备110调度的上行资源上可以传输的10字节。For example, suppose that at time t1, the amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the terminal device 110 is 15 bytes, and the terminal device 110 sends a BSR to the RN 210, and the BSR can apply for uplink resources for the amount of 15 bytes of data to be transmitted by the terminal device 110. The RN 210 may schedule an uplink resource capable of transmitting 10 bytes for the terminal device 110 according to the amount of data carried in the BSR. The terminal device 110 will send 10 bytes of data to the RN 210 during the next uplink data transmission. Therefore, the amount of uplink data to be received by the terminal device 110 may be 15 bytes carried in the BSR sent by the RN 210, or the amount of uplink data to be received by the terminal device 110 may be the uplink scheduled by the RN 210 for the terminal device 110 10 bytes that can be transmitted on the resource.
本申请实施例中,数据量可以称为数据大小,缓存数据量可以称为缓存数据大小或者缓存大小(buffer size),待接收的上行数据的数据量可以称为待接收的上行数据的大小。In the embodiments of the present application, the amount of data may be referred to as the data size, the amount of buffered data may be referred to as the buffer data size or the buffer size, and the data amount of the uplink data to be received may be referred to as the size of the uplink data to be received.
1、第一BSR1. The first BSR
第一BSR中既可以上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,也可以上报第一节本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。In the first BSR, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node may be reported, or the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered in the first section may be reported.
宿主基站可以为第一节点配置第一节点与第一节点的父节点之间的逻辑信道,并指定每一个逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组。第一节点的MT侧的MAC层在通过MAC CE上报BSR时,可以以逻辑信道组为粒度,将属于同一个逻辑信道组的多个逻辑信道上待传输的上行数据的数据量累加起来进行上报。The donor base station may configure the logical channel between the first node and the parent node of the first node for the first node, and specify the logical channel group to which each logical channel belongs. When the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node reports the BSR through MAC CE, it can use the logical channel group as the granularity to accumulate the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on multiple logical channels belonging to the same logical channel group for reporting .
以MAC CE的格式为长BSR(或长的截断的BSR),第一节点与第一节点的父节点之间的逻辑信道组的数量为m(m为大于1的正整数)为例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层上报的MAC CE的格式如图3所示。其中LCG i用于指示在此MAC CE中是否上报LCG i的buffer缓存大小,当LCG i为1时代表上报该LCG的缓存大小,为0时则代表不上报该LCG的缓存大小。因此该MAC CE可以上报m个逻辑信道组上一个或n个逻辑信道组上待传输的上行数据的数据量,且n小于等于m,例如,缓存大小1可以用于表示LCG i中第一个值为1的逻辑信道组上待传输的上行数据的数据量,缓存大小2可以用于表示LCG i中第二个值为1的逻辑信道组上待传输的上行数据的数据量。 Taking the format of MAC CE as a long BSR (or a long truncated BSR), the number of logical channel groups between the first node and the parent node of the first node is m (m is a positive integer greater than 1) as an example, The format of the MAC CE reported by the MAC layer on the MT side of a node is shown in Figure 3. Wherein LCG i is used to indicate whether to report the buffer buffer size of LCG i in this MAC CE. When LCG i is 1, it means that the buffer size of the LCG is reported, and when it is 0, it means that the buffer size of the LCG is not reported. Therefore, the MAC CE can report the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on one of m logical channel groups or on n logical channel groups, and n is less than or equal to m. For example, the buffer size 1 can be used to indicate the first one in LCG i The data amount of uplink data to be transmitted on the logical channel group with a value of 1, and the buffer size 2 can be used to represent the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted on the second logical channel group with a value of 1 in the LCG i .
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中涉及到的用于指示某一个节点上行数据量信息可以为某一个节点上行数据量,也可以为与该上行数据量关联的一个索引,或者为其他内容,本申请实施例对此不进行限定。如表1所示,表1示出了数据量与索引之间的关联关系:It should be noted that the information used to indicate the amount of uplink data of a certain node involved in the embodiments of the application may be the amount of uplink data of a certain node, or may be an index associated with the amount of uplink data, or other content. The embodiment of the present application does not limit this. As shown in Table 1, Table 1 shows the relationship between the amount of data and the index:
表1数据量索引之间的关联关系Table 1 The relationship between the data volume index
索引(index)Index 数据量(单位:字节)Data volume (unit: byte)
00 00
11 0~500~50
22 51~10051~100
33 101~150101~150
44 大于150Greater than 150
结合表1可知,当第一节点通过MAC CE上报的BSR中的缓存大小1的索引为3时,第一节点的父节点便可以确定逻辑信道组1上待传输的上行数据的数据量为101-150字节,从而可以根据BSR中的各个逻辑信道组待传输的的上行数据的数据量,为第一节点调度合适的上行资源来传输上行数据。According to Table 1, when the index of the buffer size 1 in the BSR reported by the first node through MAC and CE is 3, the parent node of the first node can determine that the amount of uplink data to be transmitted on logical channel group 1 is 101 -150 bytes, so that according to the data volume of the uplink data to be transmitted in each logical channel group in the BSR, suitable uplink resources can be scheduled for the first node to transmit uplink data.
本申请实施例可以通过在BSR中携带与该上行数据量关联的索引,这样可以降低信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the index associated with the uplink data volume can be carried in the BSR, which can reduce the signaling overhead.
对于上述第一BSR中的m个逻辑信道组而言,为了便于第一节点的父节点根据根据优先等级为第一BSR中的m个逻辑信道组待传输的上行数据调度合适的上行资源,需要区分第一BSR中的m个逻辑信道组中上报的第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量以及第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。For the m logical channel groups in the first BSR, in order to facilitate the parent node of the first node to schedule appropriate uplink resources for the uplink data to be transmitted in the m logical channel groups in the first BSR according to the priority level, Distinguish the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported in the m logical channel groups in the first BSR and the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
具体的,第一节点可以通过第一BSR中的m个逻辑信道组中的一个或多个上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,并可以通过m个逻辑信道组中的其他逻辑信道组上报第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。Specifically, the first node may report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node through one or more of the m logical channel groups in the first BSR, and may use other logical channels in the m logical channel groups. The group reports the amount of uplink data locally cached by the first node.
本申请实施例中对区分第一BSR中的m个逻辑信道组中上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还是该第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量的实现方式有多种,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。作为一个示例,可以预定义第一节点的MT侧的m个逻辑信道组中的哪些逻辑信道组是用于上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,哪些逻辑信道组是用于上报第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。作为另一个示例,宿主基站可以配置第一节点的MT侧的m个逻辑信道组中哪些逻辑信道组是用于上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,哪些逻辑信道组是用于上报第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。例如,宿主基站可以通过RRC信令对第一节点的MT侧的m个逻辑信道组中每个逻辑信道组进行配置。作为又一个示例,宿主基站可以通过为每个逻辑信道配置与其相关联的第一逻辑信道组合第二逻辑信道组,其中第一逻辑信道组用于上报第一节点逻辑信道中本地缓存的上行数据的数据量,第二逻辑信道组用于上报第一节点逻辑信道中待接收的上行数据的数据量。In the embodiment of this application, how many ways are implemented to distinguish whether the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node or the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered by the first node reported in the m logical channel groups in the first BSR The embodiments of this application do not specifically limit this. As an example, it is possible to predefine which logical channel groups of the m logical channel groups on the MT side of the first node are used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and which logical channel groups are used to report the first node The amount of uplink data cached locally by a node. As another example, the donor base station may configure which logical channel groups of the m logical channel groups on the MT side of the first node are used for reporting the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and which logical channel groups are used for reporting The amount of uplink data cached locally by the first node. For example, the donor base station may configure each logical channel group in the m logical channel groups on the MT side of the first node through RRC signaling. As another example, the donor base station may combine the second logical channel group by configuring the first logical channel associated with each logical channel, where the first logical channel group is used to report the locally buffered uplink data in the logical channel of the first node The second logical channel group is used to report the data volume of uplink data to be received in the logical channel of the first node.
需要说明的是,如果第一节点对应于图2所示的终端设备,由于终端设备没有子节点,终端设备向其父节点传输的上行数据仅包括该终端设备本地缓存的上行数据,而没有待从子节点接收的上行数据。因此,不需要区分第一节点上报的BSR中上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还是该第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。It should be noted that if the first node corresponds to the terminal device shown in Figure 2, since the terminal device has no child nodes, the uplink data transmitted by the terminal device to its parent node only includes the uplink data buffered locally by the terminal device, and there is no waiting. Uplink data received from the child node. Therefore, it is not necessary to distinguish whether the BSR reported by the first node is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node or the data volume of the uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
本申请实施例中第一节点的MT侧可以将其与第一节点的父节点之间的每个逻辑信道上,待从第一节点的子节点接收的上行数据的数据量映射至相应的用于上报待接收的上行数据的数据量的逻辑信道组。In the embodiment of the application, the MT side of the first node can map the amount of uplink data to be received from the child node of the first node on each logical channel between it and the parent node of the first node to the corresponding user Logical channel group for reporting the amount of uplink data to be received.
应理解,在仅预定义或宿主基站仅配置了一个逻辑信道组用于上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量的情况下,第一节点的MT侧可以将与第一节点的父节点之间的每个逻 辑信道上待接收的上行数据的数据量全部通过该一个逻辑信道组上报。相当于第一节点通过一个逻辑信道组上报了该节点所有逻辑信道上的待接收的上行数据的数据量。It should be understood that when only one logical channel group is pre-defined or the donor base station is configured to report the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the MT side of the first node may communicate with the parent node of the first node. The data volume of the uplink data to be received on each logical channel in between is all reported through the logical channel group. It is equivalent to that the first node reports the amount of uplink data to be received on all logical channels of the node through a logical channel group.
需要说明的是,第一节点的父节点在接收到第一节点上报的第一BSR之后,需要区分第一BSR中哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。It should be noted that after receiving the first BSR reported by the first node, the parent node of the first node needs to distinguish which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, and which The logical channel group reports the amount of uplink data locally buffered by the first node.
本申请实施例中第一节点的父节点可以区分出第一节点是终端设备还是RN。作为一个示例,在第一节点是终端设备的情况下,第一节点的父节点不需要区分第一BSR中哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量。作为另一个示例,在第一节点是RN的情况下,如果是预定义第一BSR中哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,则第一节点的父节点可以通过特定的逻辑信道组的标识(identification,ID)来识别。作为另一个示例,在第一节点是RN的情况下,如果是宿主基站配置第一BSR中哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,该宿主基站还需要对第一节点的父节点的DU侧的每个逻辑信道组的类型进行配置,该配置需要和第一节点的MT侧的配置方式相同,从而使得第一节点的父节点可以区分出第一节点上报的第一BSR中哪些逻辑信道组上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量。In the embodiment of the present application, the parent node of the first node can distinguish whether the first node is a terminal device or an RN. As an example, in a case where the first node is a terminal device, the parent node of the first node does not need to distinguish which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node. As another example, in the case where the first node is an RN, if it is a predefined logical channel group in the first BSR that reports the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, the parent node of the first node may It is identified by the identification (ID) of a specific logical channel group. As another example, in the case where the first node is an RN, if the donor base station configures which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, the donor base station also needs to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node. Configure the type of each logical channel group on the DU side of the parent node of a node. The configuration needs to be the same as the configuration method on the MT side of the first node, so that the parent node of the first node can distinguish the information reported by the first node Which logical channel groups in the first BSR report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node.
2、第二BSR2. The second BSR
第二BSR是一种新的BSR,该BSR中的所有逻辑信道组或逻辑信道均用于上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,并为待接收的上行数据申请上行资源。The second BSR is a new BSR. All logical channel groups or logical channels in the BSR are used to report the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node, and to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data to be received.
具体的,宿主基站可以定义一个或多个逻辑信道标识(logical channel identify,LCID),该一个或多个LCID可以用于一个或多个第二BSR格式对应的MAC CE。一种示例,第二BSR对应的MAC CE可以以一个节点的上行数据的数据量为粒度进行上报,并为该节点的所有上行数据(包括本地缓存的上行数据以及待从该节点的子节点接收到的上行数据)申请上行资源。另一种示例,第二BSR对应的MAC CE还可以以逻辑信道或RLC信道为粒度,为每个逻辑信道或RLC信道申请用于传输上行数据的上行资源。又一种示例,第二BSR对应的MAC CE还可以以逻辑信道组为粒度,为每个逻辑信道组申请用于传输上行数据的上行资源。具体的请参考图3所示的格式,此处不再赘述。Specifically, the donor base station may define one or more logical channel identifiers (logical channel identify, LCID), and the one or more LCIDs may be used for one or more MAC CEs corresponding to the second BSR format. In an example, the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR can report the data volume of the uplink data of a node as the granularity, and provide all the uplink data of the node (including the locally cached uplink data and the subnodes to be received from the node). Uplink data received) apply for uplink resources. In another example, the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR may also use logical channels or RLC channels as the granularity to apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data for each logical channel or RLC channel. In another example, the MAC CE corresponding to the second BSR may also use logical channel groups as the granularity to apply for uplink resources for transmitting uplink data for each logical channel group. For details, please refer to the format shown in Figure 3, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,在一些实施例中,由于新引入了MAC CE,需要定义新引入的MAC CE在上行传输时与其他逻辑信道之间的优先顺序。在上行传输中的逻辑信道优先级处理过程中,需要定义新引入的MAC CE在上行传输时与其他逻辑信道之间的优先顺序。作为示例而非限定,可以将新增的MAC CE放到现有的逻辑信道优先级顺序中的某一个位置上,例如,可以预定义新增的MAC CE的优先级高于填充(padding)BSR的MAC CE,并低于除了paddingBSR之外的其他BSR的MAC CE的优先级。作为另一种示例,还可以预定义新增的MAC CE的优先级低于填充(padding)BSR的MAC CE。Optionally, in some embodiments, since the MAC CE is newly introduced, it is necessary to define the priority order between the newly introduced MAC CE and other logical channels during uplink transmission. In the process of processing the priority of logical channels in uplink transmission, it is necessary to define the priority sequence between the newly introduced MAC CE and other logical channels during uplink transmission. As an example and not a limitation, the newly added MAC CE can be placed at a certain position in the existing logical channel priority order. For example, the priority of the newly added MAC CE can be predefined higher than the padding BSR. The priority of MAC CE is lower than the priority of MAC CE of other BSRs except paddingBSR. As another example, the priority of the newly added MAC CE may also be predefined lower than the MAC CE of the padding (padding) BSR.
应理解,作为示例而非限定,其他BSR可以是常规BSR,或者还可以是周期BSR。It should be understood that, as an example and not a limitation, the other BSR may be a regular BSR, or may also be a periodic BSR.
需要说明的是,由于第二BSR上报的是第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,其优点等级可以低于上报第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量小的BSR,因此,第二BSR可以不用触发SR来请求用于传输第二BSR的上行资源,从而可以节省信令开销。或者,第二BSR的优先级可以高于上报第一节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量的BSR,从而定义第二BSR可以用于触发SR来请求用于传输第二BSR的上行资源,进而可以为下行传输进行流量 控制和拥塞避免,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that, since the second BSR reports the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node, its advantage level may be lower than that of the BSR reporting the small amount of uplink data locally buffered by the first node. Therefore, the second BSR The BSR may request the uplink resource for transmitting the second BSR without triggering the SR, thereby saving signaling overhead. Alternatively, the priority of the second BSR may be higher than the BSR that reports the data volume of the uplink data buffered locally by the first node, thereby defining that the second BSR can be used to trigger the SR to request uplink resources for transmitting the second BSR. The flow control and congestion avoidance for downlink transmission are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中通过第一BSR或第二BSR来上报第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,从而可以提前为还未到达第一节点的上行数据申请到上行资源,从而可以降低无线中继通信系统中上行传输的时延。In the embodiment of this application, the first BSR or the second BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node, so that uplink resources can be applied in advance for uplink data that has not yet reached the first node, thereby reducing wireless Follow the time delay of the uplink transmission in the communication system.
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的触发BSR的方法的示意性流程图。图4所示的方法可以包括步骤410-420,下面对步骤410-420进行详细描述。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a possible method for triggering a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 4 may include steps 410-420, and steps 410-420 will be described in detail below.
步骤410:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收第一指示信息。Step 410: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information.
应理解,第一节点可以对应于图2所示的RN中的任意一个。It should be understood that the first node may correspond to any one of the RNs shown in FIG. 2.
本申请实施中第一节点可以包括MT侧和DU侧,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层可以向第一节点的MT侧的MAC发送第一指示信息,或者可以是第一节点的DU侧向第一节点的MT侧的MAC发送第一指示信息,本申请对此不做具体限定。本申请实施例中的第一指示信息可以用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发一个BSR,该BSR用于为第一节点待接收的上行数据向第一节点的父节点请求上行资源。In the implementation of this application, the first node may include the MT side and the DU side. The upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the first indication information to the MAC on the MT side of the first node, or it may be the DU of the first node. The side sends the first indication information to the MAC on the MT side of the first node, which is not specifically limited in this application. The first indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to instruct the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node to trigger a BSR, which is used to request uplink resources from the parent node of the first node for uplink data to be received by the first node .
可选的,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收第一指示信息时,该MAC层触发第一BSR。Optionally, when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information, the MAC layer triggers the first BSR.
第一节点可以在接收到第一指示信息之后,可以确定第一节点向第一节点的父节点发送的BSR中携带的待接收的上行数据的数据量,以便于第一节点的父节点根据BSR中的数据量为第一节点调度适当的上行资源。After receiving the first indication information, the first node may determine the amount of uplink data to be received carried in the BSR sent by the first node to the parent node of the first node, so that the parent node of the first node can follow the BSR The amount of data in is scheduling appropriate uplink resources for the first node.
本申请实施例中确定向第一节点的父节点发送的BSR中携带的buffer size的实现方式有多种,作为一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层根据第一节点和第一节点的子节点之间的承载与第一节点和第一节点的父节点之间的映射关系,确定向第一节点的父节点发送的BSR中携带的buffer size。作为另一个示例,还可以是由第一节点的DU侧确定向第一节点的父节点发送的BSR中携带的buffer size。In the embodiments of this application, there are many ways to determine the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node. As an example, the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is based on the first node and the first node. The mapping relationship between the bearer between the child nodes of the node and the first node and the parent node of the first node determines the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node. As another example, the DU side of the first node may also determine the buffer size carried in the BSR sent to the parent node of the first node.
应理解,MAC层的上层可以是适配层,也可以是具有上述功能的其他层,例如,无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层。It should be understood that the upper layer of the MAC layer may be an adaptation layer or other layers with the above-mentioned functions, for example, a radio link control (RLC) layer.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一指示信息中还可以包括与触发的BSR的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识(identification,ID),第一节点与父节点之间的多个逻辑信道(或逻辑信道组或RLC信道)中的某一个逻辑信道(或逻辑信道组或RLC信道)可以去触发BSR,此时可以理解为该逻辑信道(或逻辑信道组或RLC信道)与BSR关联。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information may also include the identification (identification, ID) of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel of the triggered BSR, and the difference between the first node and the parent node. A certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) of two logical channels (or logical channel group or RLC channel) can trigger the BSR. At this time, it can be understood as the logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) and BSR association.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一节点可以在接收到包括触发或发送的BSR的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识的第一指示信息的情况下,可以判断第一节点与父节点之间的某一个逻辑信道(或逻辑信道组或RLC信道)承载的上行数据的数据量是否大于或等于门限。例如,可以在第一节点与父节点之间的某一个逻辑信道(或逻辑信道组或RLC信道)承载的上行数据的数据量大于或等于门限时,触发BSR。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first node may determine whether the first node is connected to the logical channel or logical channel group or the RLC channel identifier of the BSR triggered or sent. Whether the amount of uplink data carried by a certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) between parent nodes is greater than or equal to the threshold. For example, the BSR may be triggered when the amount of uplink data carried by a certain logical channel (or logical channel group or RLC channel) between the first node and the parent node is greater than or equal to a threshold.
步骤420:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第一指示信息触发BSR。Step 420: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the first indication information.
第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第一指示信息触发BSR,并通过MAC控制单元(MAC control unit,MAC CE)上报BSR。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information, and report the BSR through a MAC control unit (MAC CE).
需要说明的是,如果在第一指示信息中包括了触发或发送的BSR关联的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识,则第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发的BSR与所述逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识相关联;如果未在第一指示信息中包括了触发或发送的BSR 关联的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识,所述MAC层认为触发或发送的BSR相关联的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道是以下中的任意一种:It should be noted that if the first indication information includes the identifier of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel associated with the triggered or sent BSR, the BSR triggered by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node and the logical Channel or logical channel group or RLC channel identification; if the first indication information does not include the triggered or sent BSR associated logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel identification, the MAC layer considers it to trigger or send The logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel associated with the BSR is any of the following:
待接收数据中的的最高优先级的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道;The highest priority logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel in the data to be received;
或所有逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道中最高优先级的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道;Or the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel with the highest priority among all logical channels or logical channel groups or RLC channels;
或待接收数据中的的最低优先级的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道;Or the lowest priority logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel in the data to be received;
或所有逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道中最低优先级的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道。Or the lowest priority logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel among all logical channels or logical channel groups or RLC channels.
具体的,如果在触发BSR的时刻有传输BSR的上行资源,第一节点可以在该上行资源上通过MAC CE上报BSR。如果在触发BSR的时刻没有传输BSR的上行资源,第一节点可以将触发的BSR挂起(pending),等待申请到上行资源后,在该上行资源上通过MAC CE上报BSR。Specifically, if there is an uplink resource for transmitting the BSR at the moment when the BSR is triggered, the first node may report the BSR through the MAC CE on the uplink resource. If the BSR uplink resource is not transmitted at the moment when the BSR is triggered, the first node may suspend the triggered BSR, wait for the uplink resource to be applied, and report the BSR on the uplink resource through the MAC CE.
可选的,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发BSR后,可以向第一节点的父节点发送BSR。Optionally, after the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR, the BSR may be sent to the parent node of the first node.
应理解,为还未到达第一节点的待传输的上行数据申请上行资源所触发或发送的BSR可以是上文中描述的第一BSR,也可以是上文中描述的第二BSR,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be understood that the BSR triggered or sent by applying for uplink resources for the uplink data to be transmitted that has not yet reached the first node may be the first BSR described above, or the second BSR described above. This embodiment of the application There is no specific restriction on this.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第二指示信息,该第二指示信息可以用于指示第一节点的MT侧的一个或多个逻辑信道或RLC信道上承载的待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量信息。第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息生成触发或发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive second indication information, which may be used to indicate one or more logical channels on the MT side of the first node Or the data volume information of uplink data to be received and/or locally buffered uplink data carried on the RLC channel. The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may generate the buffer size reported in each logical channel or logical channel group in the triggered or sent BSR according to the second indication information.
应理解,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR中每个逻辑信道或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size也可以理解为确定触发或发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size。It should be understood that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the buffer size reported in each logical channel or logical channel group in the BSR according to the second indication information, which can also be understood as determining each logical channel or logical channel in the BSR to be triggered or sent. The buffer size reported in the channel group.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示第一时间信息。该第一时间信息可以用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发BSR的时间或者在有传输BSR的上行资源的情况下发送BSR的时间,以便于第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息触发或者发送BSR。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the first time information. The first time information can be used to indicate the time when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR or the time when the BSR is sent when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can be based on The third indication information triggers or sends the BSR.
具体的,第一时间信息可以用于指示第一指示信息或第二指示信息指示的第一节点待接收的上行数据的预计到达时间,或者还用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第一指示信息或第二指示信息触发的BSR的有效时间,或者还用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从接收到第一指示信息或第二指示信息到触发BSR的时间偏移值,或者还用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在第一时间信息之后触发或发送BSR,或者还用于指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在第一时间信息之后取消触发的BSR。Specifically, the first time information may be used to indicate the estimated arrival time of the uplink data to be received by the first node indicated by the first indication information or the second indication information, or it may also be used to indicate the MAC layer of the first node on the MT side. The effective time of the BSR triggered by the first indication information or the second indication information, or it is also used to indicate the time offset value of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node from receiving the first indication information or the second indication information to triggering the BSR , Or it is also used to indicate that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node can trigger or send BSR after the first time information, or it is also used to indicate that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node can cancel the triggering after the first time information BSR.
应理解,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第一时间信息指示的第一节点待接收的上行数据的预计到达时间确定触发或者发送BSR的时间。以避免过早或过晚触发BSR所导致的资源等待问题或等不到上行资源所导致上行传输时延问题。It should be understood that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine the time to trigger or send the BSR according to the estimated arrival time of the uplink data to be received by the first node indicated by the first time information. In order to avoid the problem of resource waiting caused by triggering BSR too early or too late, or the problem of uplink transmission delay caused by not waiting for uplink resources.
应理解,上述两个实施例可以结合实施。也就是说,图4所示的方法中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以接收第一指示信息,还可以接收第二指示信息和/或第三指示信息。It should be understood that the above two embodiments can be implemented in combination. That is, in the method shown in FIG. 4, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the first indication information, and may also receive the second indication information and/or the third indication information.
图5是本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的触发BSR的方法的示意性流程图。图5所述的方法可以包括步骤510-520,下面对步骤510-520进行详细描述。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 5 may include steps 510-520, and steps 510-520 will be described in detail below.
步骤510:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收第二指示信息。Step 510: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the second indication information.
本申请实施例中的第二指示信息可以用于指示第一节点的MT侧的一个或多个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载的待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量信息。第二指示信息可以是第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层向第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送的,也可以是第一节点的DU侧向第一节点的MT侧的MAC发送的,本申请对此不做具体限定。The second indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be received and/or locally buffered uplink data carried by one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node or RLC. information. The second indication information can be sent by the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node, or sent by the DU side of the first node to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node , This application does not make specific restrictions on this.
步骤520:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息触发BSR或者生成BSR。Step 520: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR or generates a BSR according to the second indication information.
本申请实施例中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息触发BSR,或者还可以生成BSR,或者还可以发送BSR。下面分别对几种情况的具体实现方式进行详细描述。In the embodiment of the present application, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the second indication information, or may also generate the BSR, or may also send the BSR. The specific implementation methods of several situations are described in detail below.
第一种情况:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息触发BSR。The first case: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the second indication information.
本申请实施例中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息触发BSR的实现方式有多种。作为一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息指示的第一节点的MT侧的一个或多个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载的待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量信息触发BSR。作为另一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在接收到第二指示信息指示之后,还可以根据宿主基站配置的门限确定是否触发BSR。例如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量大于或等于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以触发BSR。又如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载的数据量或总数据量小于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以不触发BSR。In the embodiment of the present application, there are multiple implementation manners for triggering the BSR by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node according to the second indication information. As an example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information or uplink data and/or local uplink data to be received carried by the RLC. The data volume information of the buffered uplink data triggers the BSR. As another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication. For example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer indicated by the second indication information is greater than or equal to a threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR. For another example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC indicated by the second indication information is less than the threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息触发BSR的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第三指示信息,第三指示信息指示的第一时间信息可以用于确定发送BSR的时间,并可以在具有传输BSR的上行资源的情况下,发送BSR。In the case that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the second indication information, the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may also receive the third indication information, and the first time information indicated by the third indication information may It is used to determine the time to send the BSR, and can send the BSR when there are uplink resources for transmitting the BSR.
第二种情况:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR。The second case: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information.
本申请实施例中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息生成BSR。例如,可以根据根据第二指示信息中指示的数据量生成BSR,生成BSR的过程也可以理解为确定第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size。In the embodiment of the present application, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may generate the BSR according to the second indication information. For example, the BSR can be generated according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information, and the process of generating the BSR can also be understood as determining each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node. The buffer size reported in the logical channel group.
在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR的情况下,在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第二指示信息生成BSR之前,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以触发BSR。In the case that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information, before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node generates the BSR according to the second indication information, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may Trigger the BSR.
本申请实施例对上述触发条件不做具体限定。作为一个示例,该触发条件可以是第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到第一指示信息。例如,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发BSR。第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据接收到的第一指示信息触发BSR。第一指示信息的内容可以参考图4中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。作为另一个示例,该触发条件可以是现有技术中指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发BSR的条件,例如可以是现有技术中触发上报第一节点已缓存的数据量的BSR的条件。例如,第一节点的某逻辑信道组中的逻辑信道中有待传输的新的上行数据时,且这条逻辑信道的优先级高于其他逻辑信道组中逻辑信道的优先级, 或者第一节点的某逻辑信道组中的逻辑信道中有待传输的新的上行数据,且逻辑信道组中的其他逻辑信道中没有待传输的上行数据,或者BSR定时器超时且逻辑信道组中的任意一个逻辑信道中有待传输的上行数据时可以触发BSR。The embodiments of the present application do not specifically limit the above trigger conditions. As an example, the trigger condition may be that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information. For example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive first indication information, the first indication information indicating that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR. The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the received first indication information. For the content of the first indication information, reference may be made to the related content in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here. As another example, the trigger condition may be a condition in the prior art that instructs the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node to trigger the BSR, for example, it may be a condition that triggers the BSR reporting the amount of data buffered by the first node in the prior art. . For example, when there is new uplink data to be transmitted in a logical channel in a logical channel group of the first node, and the priority of this logical channel is higher than the priority of logical channels in other logical channel groups, or the priority of the first node There is new uplink data to be transmitted in a logical channel in a logical channel group, and there is no uplink data to be transmitted in other logical channels in the logical channel group, or the BSR timer expires and any logical channel in the logical channel group is BSR can be triggered when there is uplink data to be transmitted.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一指示信息中还可以包括触发的BSR的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识。关于第一指示信息中包括触发的BSR关联的逻辑信道或逻辑信道组或RLC信道的标识,请参考上文图4中的描述,此处不再赘述。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information may also include an identifier of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel of the triggered BSR. Regarding the identification of the logical channel or logical channel group or RLC channel associated with the triggered BSR included in the first indication information, please refer to the description in FIG. 4 above, which will not be repeated here.
可选地,在一些实施例中,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示发送BSR的时间或者触发BSR的时间。第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息触发BSR或者发送BSR,第三指示信息的内容可以参考图4中的相关内容,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive third indication information, where the third indication information is used to indicate the time to send the BSR or the time to trigger the BSR. The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR or send the BSR according to the third indication information. For the content of the third indication information, refer to the related content in FIG. 4, which will not be repeated here.
应理解,上述几个实施例可以结合实施。也就是说,图5所示的方法中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以接收第二指示信息,还可以接收第一指示信息和/或第三指示信息。It should be understood that the foregoing several embodiments can be implemented in combination. That is, in the method shown in FIG. 5, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the second indication information, and may also receive the first indication information and/or the third indication information.
图6是本申请实施例提供的另一种可能的触发BSR的方法的示意性流程图。图6所述的方法可以包括步骤610-620,下面对步骤610-620进行详细描述。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another possible method for triggering a BSR provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method described in FIG. 6 may include steps 610-620, and steps 610-620 are described in detail below.
步骤610:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收第三指示信息。Step 610: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the third indication information.
本申请实施例中的第三指示信息可以用于指示第一时间信息,该第一时间信息可以指示触发BSR的时间,或者指示触发的BSR的有效时间,或者BSR的发送时间。具体的有关第一时间信息的描述请参考步骤420,此处不再赘述。The third indication information in the embodiment of the present application may be used to indicate the first time information, and the first time information may indicate the time of triggering the BSR, or the effective time of the triggered BSR, or the sending time of the BSR. For a specific description of the first time information, please refer to step 420, which will not be repeated here.
步骤620:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息触发BSR或者发送BSR。Step 620: The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR or sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
第一种情况:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息触发BSR。The first case: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the third indication information.
在第三指示信息用于指示触发BSR的时间的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息触发BSR。In the case that the third indication information is used to indicate the time to trigger the BSR, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the third indication information.
第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息中指示的第一时间信息触发BSR。例如,在第三指示信息指示的第一时间信息为0的情况下,该第三指示信息可以作为一种触发通知,使得第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息触发BSR。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the third indication information. For example, when the first time information indicated by the third indication information is 0, the third indication information may be used as a trigger notification, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR according to the third indication information.
本申请实施例在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息触发BSR的情况下,对确定发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size的具体实现方式不做具体限定。作为一个示例,可以是第一节点的MT侧内部确定发送的BSR中的buffer size。作为另一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第二指示信息,并可以根据第二指示信息中指示的数据量确定发送的BSR中的buffer size。In the embodiment of the present application, when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node triggers the BSR according to the third indication information, determine the buffer size reported in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the sent BSR The specific implementation method of is not specifically limited. As an example, the MT side of the first node may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR internally. As another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may determine the buffer size in the sent BSR according to the amount of data indicated in the second indication information.
第二种情况:第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息发送BSR。The second case: the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information.
在第三指示信息用于指示发送BSR的时间的情况下,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第三指示信息发送BSR。In the case where the third indication information is used to indicate the time to send the BSR, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may send the BSR according to the third indication information.
第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息中指示的第一时间信息确定发送BSR的时间,并可以在具有传输BSR的上行资源的情况下,发送BSR。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the time to send the BSR according to the first time information indicated in the third indication information, and may send the BSR when there is an uplink resource for transmitting the BSR.
本申请实施例在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层根据第三指示信息发送BSR之前,可以触发BSR或者生成BSR。In the embodiment of the present application, before the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the BSR according to the third indication information, the BSR may be triggered or generated.
作为一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第一指示信息,并可以根据第一指示信息触发BSR。As an example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the first indication information, and may trigger the BSR according to the first indication information.
作为另一个示例,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到第二指示信息,并可以根据第二指示信息触发BSR或者生成BSR。As another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may also receive the second indication information, and may trigger the BSR or generate the BSR according to the second indication information.
以第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息触发BSR为例。例如,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息指示的第一节点的MT侧的一个或多个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量信息触发BSR。又如,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在接收到第二指示信息指示之后,还可以根据宿主基站配置的门限确定是否触发BSR。例如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量大于或等于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以触发BSR。又如,当第二指示信息指示的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量小于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以不触发BSR。Take the example that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger the BSR according to the second indication information. For example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may be based on one or more logical channels or RLC channels or the uplink data to be received and/or local buffers carried by the RLC bearer on the MT side of the first node indicated by the second indication information. The data volume information of the uplink data triggers the BSR. For another example, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may determine whether to trigger the BSR according to the threshold configured by the donor base station after receiving the second indication information indication. For example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer indicated by the second indication information is greater than or equal to a threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may trigger the BSR. For another example, when the amount of data or total data carried by a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer indicated by the second indication information is less than the threshold, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may not trigger the BSR.
以第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息生成BSR为例。第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第二指示信息指示的数据量确定第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送的BSR中每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载或逻辑信道组中上报的buffer size。Take the example that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can generate the BSR according to the second indication information. The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can determine the reported data in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer or logical channel group in the BSR sent by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node according to the amount of data indicated by the second indication information. buffer size.
应理解,上述几个实施例可以结合实施。也就是说,图6所示的方法中第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以接收第三指示信息,还可以接收第一指示信息和/或第二指示信息。It should be understood that the foregoing several embodiments can be implemented in combination. That is, in the method shown in FIG. 6, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the third indication information, and may also receive the first indication information and/or the second indication information.
需要说明的是,在一些实施例中,可以将图4-图6的方法结合起来实施,例如,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到的指示信息可以为上述第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息中的一种或多种。It should be noted that, in some embodiments, the methods in Figures 4 to 6 can be combined to implement. For example, the indication information received by the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can be the above-mentioned first indication information and second indication information. One or more of the instruction information and the third instruction information.
可选地,在一些实施例中,以第一节点的MT侧的适配层向第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送指示信息为例。在发送该指示信息之前,第一节点的MT侧的适配层还可以根据宿主基站配置的门限确定是否发送指示信息。例如,当第一节点待传输的上行数据中的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量大于或等于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的适配层可以向第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送指示信息。又如,当第一节点待传输的上行数据中的某个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载承载的数据量或总数据量小于门限时,第一节点的MT侧的适配层可以不向第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送指示信息。Optionally, in some embodiments, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends instruction information to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node as an example. Before sending the indication information, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may also determine whether to send the indication information according to the threshold configured by the donor base station. For example, when a certain logical channel or RLC channel or the total amount of data carried by the RLC bearer in the uplink data to be transmitted by the first node is greater than or equal to the threshold, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may be The MAC layer on the MT side of a node sends instruction information. For another example, when a certain logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer data volume or total data volume in the uplink data to be transmitted by the first node is less than the threshold, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may not be The MAC layer on the MT side of a node sends instruction information.
可选的,第一节点的MT侧的适配层或者第一节点的DU侧可以向第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送多个第一指示信息,或者多个第二指示信息,或者多个第三指示信息。可以理解,第一节点的MT侧的适配层或者第一节点的DU侧指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发、生成或者发送BSR后,可以获取到新的第一节点待接收的上行数据,针对获取到的新的第一节点待接收的上行数据,可以再次指示第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发、生成或者发送BSR,其过程可以参考上文。Optionally, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node or the DU side of the first node may send multiple pieces of first indication information, or multiple pieces of second indication information, or multiple pieces of information to the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node. The third instruction information. It can be understood that after the adaptation layer of the MT side of the first node or the DU side of the first node instructs the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node to trigger, generate or send the BSR, the new uplink to be received by the first node can be obtained Data, for the acquired uplink data to be received by the new first node, the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node may be instructed again to trigger, generate or send the BSR, and the process can refer to the above.
可选地,在一些实施例中,可以限制第一节点的适配层发送相邻两个指示信息之间的时间间隔,例如,大于第一时间阈值。Optionally, in some embodiments, the time interval between the adaptation layer of the first node sending two adjacent indication messages may be restricted, for example, greater than the first time threshold.
可选的,宿主基站或第一节点的父节点可以为第一节点的适配层配置定时器(timer)。当所述定时器未运行(not running)或超时时,第一节点的MT侧的适配层可以在满足发送条件时,向MAC层发送指示信息;当所述定时器运行(running)时,第一节点的MT侧的适配层不允许向MAC层发送指示信息;当第一节点的MT侧的适配层在满足发送条件并向MAC层发送指示信息时,启动或重启所述定时器。作为一种示例而非限定,这里发送条件可以是第一节点的MT侧的适配层可以在接收到第一节点的子节点发送的BSR。Optionally, the donor base station or the parent node of the first node may configure a timer (timer) for the adaptation layer of the first node. When the timer is not running or times out, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node can send indication information to the MAC layer when the sending conditions are met; when the timer is running, The adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node is not allowed to send indication information to the MAC layer; when the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node meets the sending conditions and sends indication information to the MAC layer, the timer is started or restarted . As an example and not a limitation, the sending condition here may be that the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node may receive the BSR sent by the child node of the first node.
本申请实施例对启动定时器的时间不做具体限定。可以是在第一节点的MT侧的适配层向MAC层发送通知消息时启动定时器,也可以是在第一节点的MT侧的适配层向MAC层发送通知消息之后启动定时器。The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer. The timer may be started when the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends a notification message to the MAC layer, or it may be started after the adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node sends the notification message to the MAC layer.
可选地,在一些实施例中,可以限制MAC层触发相邻两个BSR之间的时间间隔,例如大于第二时间阈值。Optionally, in some embodiments, the time interval between the MAC layer triggering two adjacent BSRs may be restricted, for example, to be greater than the second time threshold.
可选的,宿主基站或第一节点的父节点为第一节点的是MAC层配置定时器(timer)。当所述定时器未运行(not running)或超时时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在满足触发条件时,触发一个BSR;当所述定时器运行(running)时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层不允许触发所述BSR;当第一节点的MT侧的MAC层在满足触发条件并触发所述BSR时,启动或重启所述定时器。作为一种示例而非限定,这里触发条件可以是第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到第一节点的MT侧的适配层发送的指示信息。Optionally, the donor base station or the parent node of the first node is the MAC layer configuration timer (timer) for the first node. When the timer is not running or times out, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can trigger a BSR when the trigger condition is met; when the timer is running, the MAC layer of the first node The MAC layer on the MT side is not allowed to trigger the BSR; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node meets the trigger condition and triggers the BSR, the timer is started or restarted. As an example and not a limitation, the trigger condition here may be that the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node receives the indication information sent by the adaptation layer of the MT side of the first node.
本申请实施例对启动定时器的时间不做具体限定。可以是在第节点的MT侧的MAC层触发一个BSR时启动定时器,也可以是在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发一个BSR之后启动定时器。The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer. The timer may be started when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR, or the timer may be started after the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers a BSR.
可选地,在一些实施例中,可以限制MAC层发送相邻两个BSR之间的时间间隔,例如大于第三时间阈值。Optionally, in some embodiments, the time interval between the MAC layer sending two adjacent BSRs may be restricted, for example, to be greater than the third time threshold.
可选地,在一些实施例中,宿主基站或第一节点的父节点为第一节点的MAC层配置定时器(timer)。当所述定时器未运行(not running)或超时时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在满足发送条件时,发送一个BSR;当所述定时器运行(running)时,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层不允许发送所述BSR;当第一节点的MT侧的MAC层在满足发送条件并发送所述BSR时,启动或重启所述定时器;当第一节点的MT侧的MAC层没有待发送或挂起(pending)的BSR时,停止运行所述定时器。作为一种示例而非限定,这里发送条件可以是第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在有满足的上行发送资源时。Optionally, in some embodiments, the donor base station or the parent node of the first node configures a timer (timer) for the MAC layer of the first node. When the timer is not running or times out, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node can send a BSR when the sending conditions are met; when the timer is running, the MAC layer of the first node The MAC layer on the MT side is not allowed to send the BSR; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node meets the sending conditions and sends the BSR, the timer is started or restarted; when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node When the layer has no BSR to be sent or pending, the timer stops running. As an example and not a limitation, the sending condition here may be that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node may have sufficient uplink sending resources.
申请实施例对启动定时器的时间不做具体限定。可以是在第节点的MT侧的MAC层发送一个BSR时启动定时器,也可以是在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送一个BSR之后启动定时器。The application embodiment does not specifically limit the time for starting the timer. The timer may be started when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends a BSR, or the timer may be started after the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends a BSR.
通过上述技术方案中,可以在无线中继通信系统中终端设备和核心网设备之间的RN数量和/或终端设备的数量较多的情况下,避免现有技术中每一次收到RN的子节点发送的BSR之后,RN的MT侧的适配层均向MT侧的MAC层发送指示信息所造成的较大的信令开销。Through the above technical solutions, it is possible to avoid receiving the RN every time in the prior art when the number of RNs and/or the number of terminal devices between the terminal equipment and the core network equipment in the wireless relay communication system are large. After the node sends the BSR, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN sends the indication information to the MAC layer on the MT side, which causes large signaling overhead.
可选的,在图4或者图5或者图6中的第一节点的MT侧的MAC层可以在网络设备配置其允许发送BSR或使能BSR的情况下,触发后发送第一BSR或者第二BSR。Optionally, the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 may send the first BSR or the second BSR after being triggered when the network device is configured to allow BSR or enable BSR. BSR.
应理解,在第一节点的MT侧的MAC层收到第一指示信息或第二指示信息触发BSR,并在有传输BSR的上行资源发送BSR的情况下,由于在BSR触发到BSR实际发送的这段时间内,第一节点还会收到子节点传输至第一节点的上行数据。且这部分上行数据其实已经包含在MAC层发送的BSR中上报的数据量中,因此,第一节点的MT侧的MAC层在实际发送BSR时,该BSR中上报的数据量可以为所述第二指示信息中指示的数据量减去从收到第一指示信息或第二指示信息开始到发送BSR之前,已经到达第一节点的数据量。It should be understood that the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information or the second indication information to trigger the BSR, and when there is uplink resources for transmitting the BSR to send the BSR, because the BSR is triggered to actually send the BSR During this period of time, the first node will also receive the uplink data transmitted from the child node to the first node. And this part of the uplink data is actually included in the amount of data reported in the BSR sent by the MAC layer. Therefore, when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node actually sends the BSR, the amount of data reported in the BSR can be the first 2. The amount of data indicated in the indication information is subtracted from the amount of data that has reached the first node from when the first indication information or the second indication information is received to before the BSR is sent.
可选地,在一些实施例中,在图4或者图5或者图6中的在第一节点有至少一个父节点 的情况下,第二指示信息还可以用于指示第一节点是否向至少一个父节点中的每一个父节点上报待传输的上行数据,或者用于指示第一节点向其中一个父节点上报的待传输的上行数据的数据量在第一节点待传输的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例信息,或者用于指示第一节点向其他父节点上报的待传输的上行数据的数据量在第一节点待传输的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例信息。Optionally, in some embodiments, in the case where the first node has at least one parent node in FIG. 4 or FIG. 5 or FIG. 6, the second indication information may also be used to indicate whether the first node has at least one parent node. Each of the parent nodes reports uplink data to be transmitted, or data used to indicate the amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the first node to one of the parent nodes. The total uplink data to be transmitted on the first node The proportion information in the amount of data, or information indicating the proportion of the data amount of the uplink data to be transmitted that the first node reports to other parent nodes in the total amount of uplink data to be transmitted by the first node.
下面会结合图7-图8,以RN 220为第一节点,以RN 240为第一节点的父节点作为示例,对第一节点的MT侧的MAC层确定逻辑信道上承载的待传输的上行数据的数据量的具体实现过程进行详细描述。With reference to Figures 7-8, RN 220 is the first node, and RN 240 is the parent node of the first node as an example. The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node determines the uplink to be transmitted on the logical channel. The specific realization process of the data volume is described in detail.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种确定待传输的上行数据的数据量的方法的示意性流程图。该方法可以步骤710-740,下面对步骤710-740的过程进行详细描述。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application. The method can be in steps 710-740, and the process of steps 710-740 will be described in detail below.
步骤710:RN 240的DU侧接收RN 220上报的BSR。Step 710: The DU side of the RN 240 receives the BSR reported by the RN 220.
RN 220作为RN 240的子节点,可以向RN 240发送BSR,以便于向RN 240请求用于传输RN 220待从其子节点接收到的上行数据的上行资源,和/或者用于请求用于传输RN 220本地缓存的上行数据的上行资源。As a child node of RN 240, RN 220 can send BSR to RN 240 so as to request RN 240 for uplink resources for transmitting the uplink data that RN 220 is to receive from its child nodes, and/or request for transmission The uplink resource of the uplink data buffered locally by the RN 220.
RN 240的DU侧接收到的RN 220上报的BSR可以是第一BSR,也可以是第二BSR,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The BSR reported by the RN 220 received by the DU side of the RN 240 may be the first BSR or the second BSR, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,RN 240的DU侧在接收到RN 220上报的BSR之后,可以确定RN 240与RN 220之间的每个承载存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量,该承载可以是逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC。存在的等待传输的上行数据可以理解为RN240待从RN220接收的上行数据,或者可以理解为RN220预计向RN240发送的上行数据,为描述方便,下文称为等待传输的上行数据。Optionally, after receiving the BSR reported by RN 220, the DU side of RN 240 may determine the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between RN 240 and RN 220. The bearer may be a logical channel or RLC channel or RLC. The existing uplink data waiting to be transmitted can be understood as the uplink data to be received by the RN240 from the RN220, or can be understood as the uplink data that the RN220 is expected to send to the RN240. For the convenience of description, it is hereinafter referred to as the uplink data waiting to be transmitted.
作为一个示例,如果RN 240接收到的是RN 220上报的第一BSR,RN 240的DU侧可以将第一BSR中每个逻辑信道组对应的buffer size拆分至对应的各个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载中。具体的拆分方式有多种,可以是通过平均分配的方式将每个逻辑信道组对应的buffer size平均分配至对应的各个逻辑信道中,还可以是通过一定的比例将每个逻辑信道组对应的buffer size分配至对应的各个逻辑信道中。作为另一个示例,如果RN 240接收到的是RN 220上报的第二BSR,且第二BSR中是以每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载为粒度上报对应的buffer size,则不需要对第二BSR中上报的buffer size进行拆分。As an example, if RN 240 receives the first BSR reported by RN 220, the DU side of RN 240 can split the buffer size corresponding to each logical channel group in the first BSR to the corresponding logical channels or RLC channels. Or RLC bearer. There are many specific splitting methods, which can be to evenly allocate the buffer size corresponding to each logical channel group to the corresponding logical channels by means of equal distribution, or to correspond to each logical channel group by a certain ratio The buffer size of is allocated to each corresponding logical channel. As another example, if RN 240 receives the second BSR reported by RN 220, and the second BSR reports the corresponding buffer size with each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer as the granularity, there is no need to 2. Split the buffer size reported in the BSR.
步骤720:RN 240的DU侧将RN 240与RN 220之间的每个承载的等待传输的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的适配层。Step 720: The DU side of the RN 240 sends the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
RN 240的DU侧可以在接收到RN 220上报的BSR之后,可以将RN 240待接收的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的适配层。作为一个示例,RN 240的DU侧可以直接将RN 220上报的BSR中携带的buffer size发送至RN 240的MT侧的适配层。作为另一个示例,RN 240的DU侧还可以将RN 240为RN 220调度的UL grant指示的上行资源上可以传输的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的适配层。作为另一个示例,如果RN 240还有其他的子节点,RN 240的DU侧上报给MT侧的适配层的待接收的上行数据的数据量为RN 220和其他子节点的BSR中携带的buffer size的总和。作为另一个示例,如果在RN 240与RN 220之间的回传链路上配置了半持续性调度资源或免调度资源的情况下,RN 240的DU侧上报给MT侧的适配层的待接收的上行数据的数据量还可以包括在半持续性调度资源或免调度 资源上传输的上行数据的数据量。The DU side of the RN 240 may, after receiving the BSR reported by the RN 220, send the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN 240 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240. As an example, the DU side of the RN 240 may directly send the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240. As another example, the DU side of the RN 240 may also send the amount of uplink data that can be transmitted on the uplink resources indicated by the UL grant scheduled by the RN 240 for the RN 220 to the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240. As another example, if RN 240 has other child nodes, the amount of uplink data to be received reported by the DU side of RN 240 to the adaptation layer on the MT side is the buffer carried in the BSR of RN 220 and other child nodes The sum of size. As another example, if semi-persistent scheduling resources or non-scheduling resources are configured on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 220, the DU side of RN 240 reports to the adaptation layer on the MT side. The data volume of the received uplink data may also include the data volume of the uplink data transmitted on the semi-persistent scheduling resource or the scheduling-free resource.
步骤730:RN 240的MT侧的适配层基于承载映射确定RN 240与RN 250之间的每个承载的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。Step 730: The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 based on the bearer mapping.
RN 240的MT侧的适配层可以在接收到RN 240的DU侧发送的待接收的上行数据的数据量之后,RN 240的MT侧的适配层基于RN 240待接收的上行数据和/或本地缓存的上行数据的数据量、RN 240与RN 220之间的承载以及RN 240与RN 250之间的承载的映射关系,确定RN 240与RN 250之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may receive the data amount of the uplink data to be received from the DU side of the RN 240, and the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 is based on the uplink data and/or The data volume of the locally buffered uplink data, the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220, and the mapping relationship between the bearer between RN 240 and RN 250, determine each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 Or the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted in the RLC channel or RLC bearer.
具体的,在一种可能的实现方式中,如果RN 240与RN 220之间的承载以及RN 240与RN 250之间的承载的映射关系为一对一的关系,RN 240的DU侧确定的RN 240与RN 220之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道上的等待传输的上行数据的数据量也就是RN 240与RN250之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道上的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。在另一种可能的实现方式中,如果RN 240与RN 220之间的承载以及RN 240与RN 250之间的承载的映射关系为多对一的关系,RN 240的DU侧确定的RN 240与RN 220之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道上存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量的总和为RN 240与RN 250之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道上存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。在另一种可能的实现方式中,如果RN240与RN 220之间的承载以及RN 240与RN 250之间的承载的映射关系为多对多的关系,RN 240的MT侧的适配层可以基于映射关系确定RN 240与RN 250之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道上存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。Specifically, in a possible implementation, if the mapping relationship between the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220 and the bearer between RN 240 and RN 250 is a one-to-one relationship, the RN determined by the DU side of RN 240 The amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between 240 and RN 220 is the uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN250 The amount of data. In another possible implementation, if the mapping relationship between the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220 and the bearer between RN 240 and RN 250 is a many-to-one relationship, the RN 240 determined on the DU side of RN 240 is The total amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 220 is the total amount of data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 The amount of upstream data. In another possible implementation, if the mapping relationship between the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220 and the bearer between RN 240 and RN 250 is a many-to-many relationship, the adaptation layer on the MT side of RN 240 can be based on The mapping relationship determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250.
可选地,在一些实施例中,RN 240的MT侧的适配层可以不用确定RN 240与RN 250之间的链路上每个逻辑信道或每个逻辑信道组上存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。可以将RN 240的所有待向RN 250传输的上行数据的数据量通过BSR中的一个逻辑信道组发送至RN 250,从而可以节省信令开销。Optionally, in some embodiments, the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may not determine the uplinks waiting to be transmitted on each logical channel or each logical channel group on the link between the RN 240 and the RN 250 The amount of data. The data volume of all the uplink data to be transmitted to the RN 250 of the RN 240 can be sent to the RN 250 through a logical channel group in the BSR, thereby saving signaling overhead.
步骤740:RN 240的MT侧的适配层将RN 240与RN 250之间的每个承载的等待传输的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的MAC层。Step 740: The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 sends the data amount of the uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
RN 240的MT侧的适配层可以将步骤730确定的待向RN 250传输的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的MAC层,以便于RN 240的MT侧的MAC层可以根据待向RN 250传输的上行数据的数据量确定发送的BSR携带的buffer size。The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 can send the amount of uplink data to be transmitted to the RN 250 determined in step 730 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240, so that the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 can be The data volume of the uplink data transmitted to the RN 250 determines the buffer size carried in the sent BSR.
图8是本申请实施例提供的另一种确定待传输的上行数据的数据量的方法的示意性流程图。该方法可以步骤810-830,下面对步骤810-830的过程进行详细描述。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another method for determining the data amount of uplink data to be transmitted according to an embodiment of the present application. The method can be in steps 810-830, and the process of steps 810-830 will be described in detail below.
步骤810:RN 240的DU侧接收RN 220上报的BSR。Step 810: The DU side of the RN 240 receives the BSR reported by the RN 220.
与步骤710对应,具体的请参考步骤710中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponding to step 710, please refer to the description in step 710 for details, which will not be repeated here.
步骤820:RN 240的DU侧基于承载映射确定RN 240与RN 250之间的每个承载的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。Step 820: The DU side of the RN 240 determines the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 based on the bearer mapping.
RN 240的DU侧可以在接收到RN 220上报的BSR之后,确定RN 240与RN 220之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。并可以基于RN 240与RN 220之间的承载以及RN 240与RN 250之间的承载的映射关系,确定RN240与RN 250之间的回传链路上每个逻辑信道或RLC信道或RLC承载存在的等待传输的上行数据的数据量。具体的请参考步骤730中对映射关系的描述,此处不再赘述。After receiving the BSR reported by RN 220, the DU side of RN 240 can determine the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted in each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 220 . It can also determine the existence of each logical channel or RLC channel or RLC bearer on the backhaul link between RN 240 and RN 250 based on the bearer between RN 240 and RN 220 and the mapping relationship between RN 240 and RN 250 The amount of upstream data waiting to be transmitted. For details, please refer to the description of the mapping relationship in step 730, which will not be repeated here.
步骤830:RN 240的MT侧的适配层将RN 240与RN 250之间的每个承载的等待传输的上行数据的数据量发送至RN 240的MT侧的MAC层。Step 830: The adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 sends the amount of uplink data waiting to be transmitted for each bearer between the RN 240 and the RN 250 to the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240.
与步骤740对应,具体的参考步骤740中的描述,此处不再赘述。Corresponds to step 740. For details, refer to the description in step 740, which is not repeated here.
下面结合图9,以RN 220为第一节点,以RN 240为第一节点的父节点作为示例,在RN220触发了BSR而没有上行资源发送BSR,通过发送SR请求来请求传输BSR的上行资源的情况下,对发送SR的具体实现方式进行详细描述。In the following, with reference to Figure 9, taking RN 220 as the first node and RN 240 as the parent node of the first node as an example, the BSR is triggered on RN220 without uplink resources to send the BSR, and an SR request is sent to request the uplink resource of the BSR. In this case, the specific implementation of sending SR is described in detail.
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种发送SR的方法的示意性流程图。图9所示的方法可以包括步骤910-920,下面分别对步骤910-920进行详细描述。FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of a method for sending an SR according to an embodiment of the present application. The method shown in FIG. 9 may include steps 910-920, and steps 910-920 will be described in detail below.
步骤910:RN 240的MT侧的MAC层接收第四指示信息。Step 910: The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 receives the fourth indication information.
RN 240的MT侧的MAC层可以接收到RN 240的MT侧的适配层或RN 240的MT侧的MAC层的上层发送的第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示RN 240的MT侧的MAC层触发SR。The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may receive the fourth indication information sent by the upper layer of the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 or the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the MT of the RN 240 The MAC layer on the side triggers the SR.
步骤920:RN 240的MT侧的MAC层触发SR。Step 920: The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 triggers the SR.
本申请实施例中RN 240的MT侧的MAC层可以在接收到第四指示信息之后,触发SR,用于向RN 240的父节点RN 250申请上行资源。In the embodiment of the present application, the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may trigger an SR after receiving the fourth indication information to apply for uplink resources from the parent node RN 250 of the RN 240.
作为一种实施方式,当RN 240的MT侧的MAC层如果有物理上行链路控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH)的上行资源的情况下,可以在PUCCH上通过上行资源发送SR。As an implementation manner, if the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 has uplink resources of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), the SR can be sent on the PUCCH through the uplink resources.
可选地,在一些实施例中,RN 240的MT侧的MAC层还可以接收到RN 240的MT侧的适配层或RN 240的MT侧的MAC层的上层发送的第五指示信息,该第五指示信息可以用于指示发送SR的时间。或者用于指示SR的有效时间。RN 240的MT侧的MAC层可以根据第五指示信息触发SR。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may also receive the fifth indication information sent by the upper layer of the adaptation layer on the MT side of the RN 240 or the MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240. The fifth indication information may be used to indicate the time to send the SR. Or used to indicate the effective time of SR. The MAC layer on the MT side of the RN 240 may trigger the SR according to the fifth indication information.
可选的,在一些实施例中,在使用现有技术中BSR(为了描述方便,下文称为第三BSR)上报节点本地缓存的上行数据的数据量,并且使用第二BSR上报节点待接收的上行数据的数据量的情况下,可能造成对同一份资源重复上报申请的问题。本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以避免对同一份资源重复的上报申请。下面结合图10-图11进行详细描述。Optionally, in some embodiments, the BSR in the prior art (for convenience of description, hereinafter referred to as the third BSR) reports the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the node, and the second BSR is used to report the amount of data to be received by the node In the case of the amount of uplink data, it may cause the problem of repeatedly reporting applications for the same resource. The technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application can avoid repeated applications for the same resource. The detailed description will be given below in conjunction with Figures 10-11.
例如,第三BSR可以是第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)的技术规范38.321版本(technical specification,TS)版本(version)5.4.0(2018.12)中的BSR。第三BSR也可以理解为本申请实施例中的第一BSR的一种特殊情况。For example, the third BSR may be a BSR in version 38.321 (technical specification, TS) version (version) 5.4.0 (2018.12) of the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP). The third BSR can also be understood as a special case of the first BSR in the embodiment of this application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的RN发送BSR的示意图。如图10所示,RN在触发了BSR之后,在一段时间之内有了上行资源才会发送BSR。其中,BSR2可以用于表示第二BSR,该第二BSR中的逻辑信道组仅用于上报RN待接收的上行数据的数据量。BSR3可以用于表示第三BSR,该第三BSR中的逻辑信道组仅用于上报RN本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。BSR TX可以用于表示已经发送的BSR。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 10, after the RN triggers the BSR, it will not send the BSR until it has uplink resources for a period of time. Wherein, BSR2 may be used to indicate a second BSR, and the logical channel group in the second BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN. BSR3 may be used to indicate a third BSR, and the logical channel group in the third BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the RN. BSR TX can be used to indicate the BSR that has been sent.
参见图10,RN的MT侧可以在RN的DU侧接收到RN的子节点触发并发送的BSR TX(该BSR可以是RN的子节点上报的第二BSR,也可以是RN的子节点上报的第三BSR)之后,由于接收并获取待接收数据的数据量信息,RN的MT侧可以根据上文中的实施方式触发BSR2-1,BSR2-1可以用于为RN待从子节点接收的上行数据申请上行资源。Referring to Figure 10, the MT side of the RN can receive the BSR TX triggered and sent by the child node of the RN on the DU side of the RN (this BSR can be the second BSR reported by the child node of the RN, or it can be reported by the child node of the RN After the third BSR), as the data volume information of the data to be received is received and obtained, the MT side of the RN can trigger the BSR2-1 according to the above implementation, and the BSR2-1 can be used for the uplink data to be received by the RN from the child node Apply for uplink resources.
应理解,RN的MT侧可以根据其子节点上报的BSR中携带的buffer size或根据其子节点 上报的BSR中携带的buffer size为该子节点调度的上行资源确定触发的BSR2-1中上报的待从子节点接收的上行数据的数据量,并为RN的子节点待传输至RN的上行数据申请上行资源。It should be understood that the MT side of the RN can determine the triggered BSR 2-1 for the uplink resource scheduled by the child node according to the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by its child node or the buffer size carried in the BSR reported by the child node. The data volume of the uplink data to be received from the child node, and to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data to be transmitted to the RN by the child node of the RN.
在RN的DU侧接收到RN的子节点传输的第一上行数据之后,该第一上行数据为RN本地缓存的上行数据,因此,RN的MT侧还会触发BSR3-1,该BSR3-1用于为RN本地缓存的第一上行数据申请上行资源。由于BSR2-1中上报的RN待接收的上行数据中已经包括第一上行数据,也就是说,BSR2-1已经为第一上行数据申请过上行资源,触发的BSR3-1会造成对传输第一上行数据的上行资源的重复申请。After the DU side of the RN receives the first uplink data transmitted by the child node of the RN, the first uplink data is the uplink data locally buffered by the RN. Therefore, the MT side of the RN will also trigger BSR3-1, which uses Then apply for uplink resources for the first uplink data buffered locally by the RN. Since the uplink data to be received by the RN reported in BSR2-1 already includes the first uplink data, that is, BSR2-1 has already applied for uplink resources for the first uplink data, the triggered BSR3-1 will cause the first uplink data to be transmitted. Repeated application of uplink resources for uplink data.
可选的,在一些实施例中,在RN有上行资源的情况下,RN的MT侧可以发送一个新的BSR3-2TX,该BSR3-2TX中上报的buffer size中包含了为第一上行数据的缓存信息。则在此之前触发的BSR2-1中的部分上行数据已通过BSR3-2进行上报,因此当RN发送一个第三BSR时,可以取消在此之前触发且处于挂起(pending)状态的第二BSR。这样可以避免对第一上行数据通过两次BSR MAC CE进行重复上报。Optionally, in some embodiments, when the RN has uplink resources, the MT side of the RN can send a new BSR3-2TX, and the buffer size reported in the BSR3-2TX contains the data for the first uplink data. Cache information. Then part of the uplink data in BSR2-1 triggered before this has been reported through BSR3-2, so when the RN sends a third BSR, the second BSR that was triggered before and in pending state can be cancelled. . This can avoid repeated reporting of the first uplink data through two BSR MAC CE.
可选的,在一些实施例中,在RN有上行资源的情况下,RN的MT侧可以发送一个新的BSR3-2TX,该BSR3-2TX中上报的buffer size中包含了为第一上行数据的缓存信息。为了避免对第一上行数据通过两次BSR MAC CE进行重复上报,在第三BSR3-2发送的同时可以触发一个新的第二BSR,且所述第二BSR中的待接收数据量需要扣除已经第三BSR3-2中已经上报的部分,即需要扣除所述第一上行数据的数据量。Optionally, in some embodiments, when the RN has uplink resources, the MT side of the RN can send a new BSR3-2TX, and the buffer size reported in the BSR3-2TX contains the data for the first uplink data. Cache information. In order to avoid repeated reporting of the first uplink data through two BSRs and MAC CEs, a new second BSR can be triggered while the third BSR3-2 is sent, and the amount of data to be received in the second BSR needs to be deducted. The part already reported in the third BSR3-2 is the data volume of the first uplink data that needs to be deducted.
图11是本申请实施例提供的一种可能的RN发送BSR的示意图。如图11所示,其中,BSR2可以用于表示第二BSR,该第二BSR仅用于上报RN待接收的上行数据的数据量。BSR3可以用于表示第三BSR,该第三BSR仅用于上报RN本地缓存的上行数据的数据量。BSR TX可以用于表示已经发送的BSR。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible RN sending a BSR according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, BSR2 may be used to indicate a second BSR, and the second BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the RN. BSR3 may be used to indicate a third BSR, and the third BSR is only used to report the amount of uplink data buffered locally by the RN. BSR TX can be used to indicate the BSR that has been sent.
参见图11,RN的MT侧还可以在RN的DU侧接收到RN的子节点触发并上报的BSR TX(该BSR TX可以是RN的子节点上报的第一BSR,也可以是RN的子节点上报的第二BSR)之后,RN的MT侧触发并发送BSR2-1TX,BSR2-1TX可以用于为RN待从子节点接收的上行数据申请上行资源。在RN的DU侧接收到RN的子节点传输的第一上行数据之后,该第一上行数据为RN本地缓存的上行数据,因此,RN的MT侧还会触发BSR3-1,该BSR3-1用于为RN本地缓存的第一上行数据申请上行资源。由于发送的BSR2-1TX中上报的RN待接收的上行数据中已经包括第一上行数据,也就是说,发送的BSR2-1TX已经为第一上行数据申请过上行资源,再次触发的BSR3-1会造成对传输第一上行数据的上行资源的重复申请。Referring to Figure 11, the MT side of the RN may also receive the BSR TX triggered and reported by the child node of the RN on the DU side of the RN (the BSR TX may be the first BSR reported by the child node of the RN, or it may be the child node of the RN After the reported second BSR), the MT side of the RN triggers and sends BSR2-1TX. The BSR2-1TX can be used to apply for uplink resources for the uplink data to be received by the RN from the child node. After the DU side of the RN receives the first uplink data transmitted by the child node of the RN, the first uplink data is the uplink data locally buffered by the RN. Therefore, the MT side of the RN will also trigger the BSR3-1, which uses the BSR3-1. Then apply for uplink resources for the first uplink data buffered locally by the RN. Since the uplink data to be received by the RN reported in the sent BSR2-1TX already includes the first uplink data, that is, the sent BSR2-1TX has already applied for uplink resources for the first uplink data, and the BSR3-1 will be triggered again. This results in repeated applications for uplink resources for transmitting the first uplink data.
本申请实施例中可以为RN配置一个定时器,该定时器在超时之后,会停止计时。当中继节点发送第二BSR时,若所述定时器未启动则启动所述定时器;若所述定时器正在运行,则重新启动所述定时器。在定时器运行期间,RN的MT侧无法触发第三BSR,所述第三BSR为缓存至RN本地的上述一部分上行数据申请上行资源。在定时器未运行或超时时,RN的MT侧可以触发第三BSR,所述第三BSR为缓存至RN本地的上述一部分上行数据申请上行资源。In the embodiment of the present application, a timer may be configured for the RN, and after the timer expires, it stops timing. When the relay node sends the second BSR, if the timer is not started, start the timer; if the timer is running, restart the timer. During the operation of the timer, the MT side of the RN cannot trigger the third BSR, which applies for uplink resources for the above-mentioned part of the uplink data buffered locally in the RN. When the timer is not running or timed out, the MT side of the RN may trigger a third BSR, and the third BSR applies for uplink resources for the above-mentioned part of the uplink data buffered locally in the RN.
例如,参见图11,在定时器运行期间,RN的MT侧无法触发并发送BSR2-2TX。在定时器不运行期间,可以触发并发送BSR2-2TX。For example, referring to Figure 11, during the running of the timer, the MT side of the RN cannot trigger and send BSR2-2TX. When the timer is not running, BSR2-2TX can be triggered and sent.
可以理解的是,本申请中各个实施例中的通信方法中,由第一节点实现的步骤,也可 以由可用于第一节点的部件(例如芯片或者电路)实现。It can be understood that, in the communication method in each embodiment of the present application, the steps implemented by the first node may also be implemented by components (such as chips or circuits) that can be used for the first node.
上文结合图1至图11,详细描述了本申请实施例提供的方法侧实施例,下面将结合图12至图13,详细描述本申请的装置实施例。应理解,方法实施例的描述与装置实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。The method-side embodiments provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail above in conjunction with FIGS. 1 to 11, and the device embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with FIGS. 12 to 13. It should be understood that the description of the method embodiment and the description of the device embodiment correspond to each other, and therefore, the parts that are not described in detail can refer to the previous method embodiment.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种装置1200的示意性框图。可以理解的是,该通信装置1200可以是第一节点,也可以是可用于第一节点的部件。FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus 1200 according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be understood that the communication device 1200 may be the first node, or may be a component that can be used for the first node.
通信装置1200包括:媒体介入控制MAC层单元1210,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于第一节点向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述MAC层单元位于所述第一节点的移动终端MT单元中;The communication device 1200 includes: a media intervention control MAC layer unit 1210, configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that a first BSR is triggered, and the first BSR is used for a first node to report to a second node The data volume of the uplink data to be received of the first node, the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
所述MAC层单元1210,还用于根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information;
其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述装置1200还包括:MAC层的上层单元1220,用于向所述MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息,所述MAC层的上层单元位于所述第一节点的MT单元中。Optionally, in some embodiments, the apparatus 1200 further includes: an upper layer unit 1220 of a MAC layer, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit, where the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is located in the In the MT unit of the first node.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述MAC层的上层单元1220为适配层单元。Optionally, in some embodiments, the upper layer unit 1220 of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述装置1200还包括:分布式单元DU1230,用于向MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息。Optionally, in some embodiments, the apparatus 1200 further includes: a distributed unit DU1230, configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node The bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。Optionally, in some embodiments, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer. The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述MAC层单元1210还用于:当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,触发所述第一BSR。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, trigger the The first BSR.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。Optionally, in some embodiments, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述MAC层单元1210还用于:向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述MAC层单元接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: send the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is all corresponding to the bearer. The data amount of the uplink data to be received by the first node minus a first data amount, where the first data amount is from when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before sending the first BSR, The data volume of the uplink data reaching the first node.
可选地,在一些实施例中,所述MAC层单元1210还用于:接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示触发第二BSR,所述第二BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;Optionally, in some embodiments, the MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: receive second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate that a second BSR is triggered, and the second BSR is The node reports the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node;
所述MAC层单元1210还用于:根据所述第二指示信息触发所述第二BSR,触发所述第二BSR的时间与触发所述第一BSR的时间之间的时间间隔大于第一阈值。The MAC layer unit 1210 is further configured to: trigger the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than a first threshold .
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备1300的示意性框图。该通信设备1300可以包括:处理器1301、以及存储器1303。FIG. 13 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1300 may include a processor 1301 and a memory 1303.
其中,该处理器1301可以与存储器1303连接。该存储器1303可以用于存储该通信设备1300的程序代码和数据。因此,该存储器1303可以是处理器1301内部的存储单元,也可以是与处理器1301独立的外部存储单元,还可以是包括处理器1301内部的存储单元和与处理器1301独立的外部存储单元的部件。Wherein, the processor 1301 may be connected to the memory 1303. The memory 1303 may be used to store program codes and data of the communication device 1300. Therefore, the memory 1303 may be a storage unit inside the processor 1301, or an external storage unit independent of the processor 1301, or may include a storage unit inside the processor 1301 and an external storage unit independent of the processor 1301. part.
可选的,通信设备1300还可以包括总线1304。其中,存储器1303可以通过总线1304与处理器1301连接;总线1304可以是外设部件互连标准(Peripheral Component Interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(Extended Industry Standard Architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线1305可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图13中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Optionally, the communication device 1300 may further include a bus 1304. Among them, the memory 1303 may be connected to the processor 1301 via a bus 1304; the bus 1304 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus or an Extended Industry Standard Architecture (EISA) bus, etc. The bus 1305 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in FIG. 13, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
处理器1301可以包括但不限于以下至少一种:中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU)、微处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、微控制器(microcontroller unit,MCU)、或人工智能处理器等各类运行软件的计算设备,每种计算设备可包括一个或多个用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核。该处理器可以是个单独的半导体芯片,也可以跟其他电路一起集成为一个半导体芯片,例如,可以跟其他电路(如编解码电路、硬件加速电路或各种总线和接口电路)构成一个SoC(片上系统),或者也可以作为一个ASIC的内置处理器集成在所述ASIC当中,该集成了处理器的ASIC可以单独封装或者也可以跟其他电路封装在一起。该处理器除了包括用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。The processor 1301 may include but is not limited to at least one of the following: central processing unit (CPU), microprocessor, digital signal processor (DSP), microcontroller (microcontroller unit, MCU), or artificial intelligence processing Various computing devices that run software, such as a computer, and each computing device may include one or more cores for executing software instructions for calculation or processing. The processor can be a single semiconductor chip, or it can be integrated with other circuits to form a semiconductor chip. For example, it can form an SoC (on-chip) with other circuits (such as codec circuits, hardware acceleration circuits, or various bus and interface circuits). System), or it can be integrated into the ASIC as a built-in processor of an ASIC, and the ASIC integrated with the processor can be packaged separately or together with other circuits. In addition to the core used to execute software instructions for calculation or processing, the processor can also include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA) and PLD (programmable logic device) , Or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
当程序被执行时,所述处理器1301用于配置媒体介入控制MAC层单元从MAC层单元的上层接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于第一节点向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述MAC层单元位于所述第一节点的移动终端MT单元中;When the program is executed, the processor 1301 is configured to configure the media intervention control MAC layer unit to receive first indication information from the upper layer of the MAC layer unit. The first indication information is used to indicate that the first BSR is triggered. The BSR is used by the first node to report the data volume of the uplink data to be received of the first node to the second node, and the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
所述处理器1301还用于配置所述MAC层单元根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The processor 1301 is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information;
其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述MAC层的上层单元为适配层单元。In another possible implementation manner, the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1301用于配置分布式单元DU向MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息。In another possible implementation manner, the processor 1301 is configured to configure the distributed unit DU to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes data of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node The bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。In another possible implementation manner, the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further includes: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate the first node corresponding to the bearer. The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the node among the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node, the The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理器1301还用于配置MAC层单元当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,触发所述第一BSR。In another possible implementation manner, the processor 1301 is further configured to configure the MAC layer unit to trigger when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold The first BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。In another possible implementation manner, the first indication information further includes: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following: MAC on the MT side of the first node The time at which the first BSR is triggered by the layer, or the time at which the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the expected reception time of the uplink data to be received by the first node, the first A valid time of the indication information, the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
可选地,所述通信设备1300还包括收发器1302,所述收发器1302以通过总线1304与处理器1301连接,用于收发通信设备1300的子节点发送的BSR,或者用于向父节点发送BSR。Optionally, the communication device 1300 further includes a transceiver 1302, and the transceiver 1302 is connected to the processor 1301 through the bus 1304, and is used to send and receive the BSR sent by the child node of the communication device 1300, or to send the BSR to the parent node. BSR.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,收发器1302用于MAC层单元发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述MAC层单元接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。In another possible implementation manner, the transceiver 1302 is used for the MAC layer unit to send the first BSR, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the uplink to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer The data volume of the data minus the first data volume, where the first data volume is the uplink that reaches the first node from when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before sending the first BSR The amount of data.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中的通信设备的各个模块的功能和对应的操作可以参考方法实施例中的相关描述。此外,本申请实施例中的模块也可以称为单元或者电路等,本申请实施例对此不做限定。It can be understood that the functions and corresponding operations of the various modules of the communication device in the embodiments of the present application can refer to the related descriptions in the method embodiments. In addition, the modules in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as units or circuits, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
还可以理解的,通信设备可以执行上述实施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照上述实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行上述实施例中的全部操作。It can also be understood that the communication device may perform some or all of the steps in the above-mentioned embodiments, and these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also perform other operations or variations of various operations. In addition, each step may be executed in a different order presented in the foregoing embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the foregoing embodiment.
本申请实施例还提供了计算机可读介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序包括用于执行上述任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法的指令。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable medium for storing a computer program, and the computer program includes instructions for executing a method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the foregoing aspects.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,应用于通信设备中,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被计算机运行时,使得该计算机执行上述任一方面的任意可能的实现方式中的方法。The embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product, which is applied to a communication device, the computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a computer, the computer can execute any of the above-mentioned possibilities The method in the implementation.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,应用于通信设备中,该芯片系统包括:至少一个处理器、至少一个存储器和接口电路,所述接口电路负责所述芯片系统与外界的信息交互,所述至少一个存储器、所述接口电路和所述至少一个处理器通过线路互联,所述至少一个存储器中存储有指令;所述指令被所述至少一个处理器执行,以进行上述各个方面的所述的方法中所述网元的操作。所述至少一个存储器是可选的。The embodiment of the present application also provides a chip system, which is applied to a communication device. The chip system includes: at least one processor, at least one memory, and an interface circuit, and the interface circuit is responsible for information interaction between the chip system and the outside world. The at least one memory, the interface circuit, and the at least one processor are interconnected by wires, and instructions are stored in the at least one memory; the instructions are executed by the at least one processor to perform all the above aspects. The operation of the network element in the method described above. The at least one memory is optional.
本申请实施例提供的方法,可以应用于中继节点,该中继节点包括硬件层、运行在硬件层之上的操作系统层,以及运行在操作系统层上的应用层。该硬件层包括中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)、内存管理单元(memory management unit,MMU)和内存(也称为主存)等硬件。该操作系统可以是任意一种或多种通过进程(process)实现业务处理的计算机操作系统,例如,Linux操作系统、Unix操作系统、Android操作系统、iOS操作系统或windows操作系统等。该应用层包含浏览器、通讯录、文字处理软件、以及即时通信软件等应用。并且,在本申请实施例中,传输信号的方法的执行主体的具体结构,本申请实施例并未特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的传输信号的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例的传输信号的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例的触发BSR的方法的执行主体可以是中继节点,或者,是中继节点中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a relay node, which includes a hardware layer, an operating system layer running on the hardware layer, and an application layer running on the operating system layer. The hardware layer includes hardware such as a central processing unit (CPU), a memory management unit (MMU), and memory (also referred to as main memory). The operating system may be any one or more computer operating systems that implement business processing through processes, for example, Linux operating system, Unix operating system, Android operating system, iOS operating system, or windows operating system. The application layer includes applications such as browsers, address books, word processing software, and instant messaging software. Moreover, in the embodiment of the present application, the specific structure of the execution body of the signal transmission method is not particularly limited in the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the signal transmission method in the embodiment of the present application can be run to It is sufficient to communicate according to the signal transmission method of the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method for triggering BSR in the embodiment of the present application may be a relay node, or the relay node can call and execute the program. Module.
此外,本申请实施例的各个方面或特征可以实现成方法、装置或使用标准编程和/或工程技术的制品。本申请中使用的术语“制品”涵盖可从任何计算机可读器件、载体或介质访问的计算机程序。例如,计算机可读介质可以包括,但不限于:磁存储器件(例如,硬盘、软盘或磁带等),光盘(例如,压缩盘(compact disc,CD)、数字通用盘(digital versatile disc,DVD)等),智能卡和闪存器件(例如,可擦写可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、卡、棒或钥匙驱动器等)。另外,本文描述的各种存储介质可代表用于存储信息的一个或多个设备和/或其它机器可读介质。术语“机器可读介质”可包括但不限于,无线信道和能够存储、包含和/或承载指令和/或数据的各种其它介质。In addition, various aspects or features of the embodiments of the present application may be implemented as methods, devices, or products using standard programming and/or engineering techniques. The term "article of manufacture" as used in this application encompasses a computer program accessible from any computer-readable device, carrier, or medium. For example, computer-readable media may include, but are not limited to: magnetic storage devices (for example, hard disks, floppy disks, or tapes, etc.), optical disks (for example, compact discs (CD), digital versatile discs (DVD)) Etc.), smart cards and flash memory devices (for example, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), cards, sticks or key drives, etc.). In addition, various storage media described herein may represent one or more devices and/or other machine-readable media for storing information. The term "machine-readable medium" may include, but is not limited to, wireless channels and various other media capable of storing, containing, and/or carrying instructions and/or data.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In addition, the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B can also be determined according to A and/or other information.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a digital video disc (DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)), etc. .
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may be aware that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division, and there may be other divisions in actual implementation, for example, multiple units or components can be combined or It can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the solutions of the embodiments.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, the functional units in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the function is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this application essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program code .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (33)

  1. 一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一节点的移动终端MT侧的媒体介入控制MAC层接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;The media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of the mobile terminal of the first node receives first indication information. The first indication information is used to indicate the triggering of the first BSR, and the first BSR is used to report the first BSR to the second node. The amount of uplink data to be received by the node;
    所述第一节点的所述MT的MAC层根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The MAC layer of the MT of the first node triggers the first BSR according to the first indication information;
    其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点的移动终端MT侧的媒体介入控制MAC层接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the receiving the first indication information by the media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of the mobile terminal of the first node comprises:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层接收所述第一指示信息。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from an upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层的上层为所述第一节点的MT侧的适配层。The method according to claim 2, wherein the upper layer of the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node is an adaptation layer on the MT side of the first node.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一节点的移动终端MT侧的媒体介入控制MAC层接收第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the receiving the first indication information by the media intervention control MAC layer on the MT side of the mobile terminal of the first node comprises:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层从所述第一节点的分布式单元DU侧接收所述第一指示信息。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information from the distributed unit DU side of the first node.
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical Channel, or logical channel group.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first indication information further includes the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node. The amount of uplink data to be received by a node, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。The method according to claim 6, wherein the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further comprises: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate all the data corresponding to the bearer. The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node in the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node , The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时,所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR。When the data amount of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold, the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers the first BSR.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first indication information further comprises: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。The time when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers the first BSR, or the time when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the time to be received by the first node The expected receiving time of the uplink data, the valid time of the first indication information, and the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  10. 根据权利要求6至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 6 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层向所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR to the second node, and the amount of data reported in the first BSR is the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer The first data amount is subtracted from the first data amount, and the first data amount is from the time when the MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives the first indication information to before sending the first BSR, and reaches the The amount of uplink data of the first node.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示触发第二BSR,所述第二BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;The MAC layer on the MT side of the first node receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a second BSR, and the second BSR is used to report the waiting status of the first node to the second node. The data volume of the received uplink data;
    所述第一节点的所述MT的MAC层根据所述第二指示信息触发所述第二BSR,触发所述第二BSR的时间与触发所述第一BSR的时间之间的时间间隔大于第一时间阈值。The MAC layer of the MT of the first node triggers the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than the first BSR A time threshold.
  12. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括:A communication device, characterized in that the device includes:
    媒体介入控制MAC层单元,用于接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示触发第一BSR,所述第一BSR用于第一节点向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述MAC层单元位于所述第一节点的移动终端MT单元中;The media intervention control MAC layer unit is configured to receive first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the triggering of a first BSR, and the first BSR is used by the first node to report to the second node the information of the first node The data volume of the uplink data to be received, the MAC layer unit is located in the MT unit of the mobile terminal of the first node;
    所述MAC层单元,还用于根据所述第一指示信息触发所述第一BSR;The MAC layer unit is further configured to trigger the first BSR according to the first indication information;
    其中,所述第一节点为无线中继系统中的中继节点,所述第二节点为所述无线中继系统中的所述第一节点的父节点。The first node is a relay node in a wireless relay system, and the second node is a parent node of the first node in the wireless relay system.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 12, wherein the device further comprises:
    MAC层的上层单元,用于向所述MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息,所述MAC层的上层单元位于所述第一节点的MT单元中。The upper layer unit of the MAC layer is configured to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit, and the upper layer unit of the MAC layer is located in the MT unit of the first node.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC层的上层单元为适配层单元。The device according to claim 13, wherein the upper unit of the MAC layer is an adaptation layer unit.
  15. 根据权利要求12所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 12, wherein the device further comprises:
    分布式单元DU,用于向MAC层单元发送所述第一指示信息。The distributed unit DU is used to send the first indication information to the MAC layer unit.
  16. 根据权利要求12至15中任一项中所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息包括触发所述第一BSR的承载的标识,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the first indication information includes an identifier of a bearer that triggers the first BSR, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or Logical channel, or logical channel group.
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括所述第一节点和所述第二节点之间的承载对应的承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量,所述承载为无线链路控制RLC信道,或者逻辑信道,或者逻辑信道组。The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the first indication information further comprises the first node corresponding to the bearer corresponding to the bearer between the first node and the second node. The amount of uplink data to be received by a node, and the bearer is a radio link control RLC channel, or a logical channel, or a logical channel group.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其特征在于,所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量还包括:比例信息,所述比例信息用于指示所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量在所述第一节点向所述第二节点和第四节点上报的所述第一节点待接收的总的上行数据的数据量中所占的比例,所述第四节点为所述第一节点的父节点。The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer further comprises: ratio information, and the ratio information is used to indicate all the data corresponding to the bearer The proportion of the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node in the total data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node reported by the first node to the second node and the fourth node , The fourth node is the parent node of the first node.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC层单元还用于:The device according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the MAC layer unit is further configured to:
    当所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量大于或等于第一阈值时, 触发所述第一BSR。Triggering the first BSR when the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer is greater than or equal to a first threshold.
  20. 根据权利要求12至19中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息还包括:第一时间信息,所述第一时间信息用于指示以下一种或者多种:The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 19, wherein the first indication information further comprises: first time information, and the first time information is used to indicate one or more of the following:
    所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层触发所述第一BSR的时间,或者所述第一节点的MT侧的MAC层发送所述第一BSR的时间,所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的预计接收时间,所述第一指示信息的有效时间,所述第一BSR触发后的有效时间。The time when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node triggers the first BSR, or the time when the MAC layer of the MT side of the first node sends the first BSR, the time to be received by the first node The expected receiving time of the uplink data, the valid time of the first indication information, and the valid time after the first BSR is triggered.
  21. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC层单元还用于:The device according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the MAC layer unit is further configured to:
    所述第二节点发送所述第一BSR,所述第一BSR中上报的数据量为所述承载对应的所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量减去第一数据量,所述第一数据量为从所述MAC层单元接收到所述第一指示信息开始到发送所述第一BSR之前,到达所述第一节点的上行数据的数据量。The second node sends the first BSR, and the data volume reported in the first BSR is the data volume of the uplink data to be received by the first node corresponding to the bearer minus the first data volume, the The first data volume is the data volume of the uplink data that reaches the first node from when the MAC layer unit receives the first indication information to before sending the first BSR.
  22. 根据权利要求12至21中任一项所述的装置,其特征在于,所述MAC层单元还用于:接收第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示触发第二BSR,所述第二BSR用于向第二节点上报所述第一节点的待接收的上行数据的数据量;The apparatus according to any one of claims 12 to 21, wherein the MAC layer unit is further configured to: receive second indication information, the second indication information being used to indicate triggering of a second BSR, and The second BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node to the second node;
    所述MAC层单元还用于:根据所述第二指示信息触发所述第二BSR,触发所述第二BSR的时间与触发所述第一BSR的时间之间的时间间隔大于第一阈值。The MAC layer unit is further configured to: trigger the second BSR according to the second indication information, and the time interval between the time when the second BSR is triggered and the time when the first BSR is triggered is greater than a first threshold.
  23. 一种缓存状态报告BSR的触发方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A method for triggering a buffer status report BSR, characterized in that the method includes:
    第一节点上报BSR,所述BSR用于上报所述第一节点待接收的上行数据的数据量;The first node reports a BSR, where the BSR is used to report the amount of uplink data to be received by the first node;
    所述BSR对应的媒体介入控制MAC控制元素CE以逻辑信道组为粒度,所述BSR用于提供每个逻辑信道组LCG上的上行数据的数据量。The media intervention control MAC control element CE corresponding to the BSR has a logical channel group as the granularity, and the BSR is used to provide the amount of uplink data on each logical channel group LCG.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述BSR对应的MAC CE对应一个逻辑信道标识LCID。The method according to claim 23, wherein the MAC CE corresponding to the BSR corresponds to a logical channel identifier (LCID).
  25. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其特征在于,一个或多个LCID用于一个或多个BSR格式对应的MAC CE。The method according to claim 23, wherein one or more LCIDs are used for MAC CE corresponding to one or more BSR formats.
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述BSR对应的所述MACCE的优先级高于填充BSR的MAC CE,并低于除了填充BSR之外的其他BSR的MAC CE的优先级。The method according to any one of claims 23-25, wherein the priority of the MACCE corresponding to the BSR is higher than the MAC CE filling the BSR and lower than the MAC CE of other BSRs except the filling BSR CE priority.
  27. 根据权利要求23-26任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述BSR的优先级高于上报所述第一节点缓存的上行数据的数据量的BSR。The method according to any one of claims 23-26, wherein the priority of the BSR is higher than the BSR that reports the amount of uplink data buffered by the first node.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述BSR用于触发调度请求SR,所述SR用于请求传输所述BSR的上行资源。The method according to claim 27, wherein the BSR is used to trigger a scheduling request SR, and the SR is used to request transmission of uplink resources of the BSR.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器,所述处理器与存储器耦合,所述存储器用于存储计算机程序或指令,所述处理器用于执行所述计算机程序或指令,使得权利要求1至11任一所述的方法或者权利要求23至28任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising a processor, the processor is coupled with a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program or instruction, and the processor is used to execute the computer program or instruction, so that claims 1 to 11. The method of any one of claims 23 to 28.
  30. 一种装置,所述装置用于执行权利要求1至11任一项所述的方法,或者用于执行权利要求23至28任一项所述的方法。A device for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or for executing the method according to any one of claims 23 to 28.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括指令,当所述指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法或者权利要求23至28 任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions, when the instructions run on a communication device, cause the communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or claims 23 to 28 Any one of the methods.
  32. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,当所述指令在计算机上运行时,使得通信装置执行如权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法或者权利要求23至28任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions, which when run on a computer, cause a communication device to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11 or claim 23 The method of any one of to 28.
  33. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括第一节点和所述第一节点的父节点,其中,所述第一节点用于执行权利要求1至11任一项所述的方法或者权利要求23至28任一项所述的方法。A communication system, characterized by comprising a first node and a parent node of the first node, wherein the first node is used to execute the method of any one of claims 1 to 11 or the method of claims 23 to 28 The method of any one of.
PCT/CN2020/075316 2019-02-15 2020-02-14 Method for triggering buffer status report bsr and communication apparatus WO2020164599A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910118197.1 2019-02-15
CN201910118197.1A CN111586751B (en) 2019-02-15 2019-02-15 Triggering method of Buffer Status Report (BSR) and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020164599A1 true WO2020164599A1 (en) 2020-08-20

Family

ID=72045002

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075316 WO2020164599A1 (en) 2019-02-15 2020-02-14 Method for triggering buffer status report bsr and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111586751B (en)
WO (1) WO2020164599A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024032503A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, terminal and network-side device
WO2024060304A1 (en) * 2022-09-23 2024-03-28 Apple Inc. Technologies for media access control congestion signaling

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113301604B (en) * 2020-02-24 2023-04-07 维沃移动通信有限公司 Buffer status reporting method, relay terminal equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN114390551A (en) * 2020-10-19 2022-04-22 维沃移动通信有限公司 Configuration method and device of preemptive BSR (buffer status report) and electronic equipment
CN114765892A (en) * 2021-01-12 2022-07-19 维沃移动通信有限公司 Triggering method and device for uplink data sending enhancement flow and terminal
CN117998639A (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-07 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and apparatus in a communication node for wireless communication

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101998522A (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Buffer state information report processing method and relay node
CN102291200A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 电信科学技术研究院 Method for reporting buffer status report, method for determining quantity of data and equipment
CN102598825A (en) * 2009-12-22 2012-07-18 富士通株式会社 Quality of service control in a relay
CN104185290A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data scheduling method, relay equipment, relay node and system
CN106714213A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Report trigger method and device for buffer status report (BSR) as well as user terminal
WO2018230964A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and device for processing buffer status report on basis of network request in next generation mobile communication system

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130003650A1 (en) * 2010-03-18 2013-01-03 Feng Han Method, base station and relay node for uplink transmission
CN108401304B (en) * 2017-02-04 2021-06-08 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for triggering cache status report

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101998522A (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-30 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Buffer state information report processing method and relay node
CN102598825A (en) * 2009-12-22 2012-07-18 富士通株式会社 Quality of service control in a relay
CN102291200A (en) * 2010-06-21 2011-12-21 电信科学技术研究院 Method for reporting buffer status report, method for determining quantity of data and equipment
CN104185290A (en) * 2013-05-24 2014-12-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data scheduling method, relay equipment, relay node and system
CN106714213A (en) * 2016-12-30 2017-05-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Report trigger method and device for buffer status report (BSR) as well as user terminal
WO2018230964A1 (en) * 2017-06-15 2018-12-20 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and device for processing buffer status report on basis of network request in next generation mobile communication system

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024032503A1 (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-02-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Data processing method, terminal and network-side device
WO2024060304A1 (en) * 2022-09-23 2024-03-28 Apple Inc. Technologies for media access control congestion signaling

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111586751A (en) 2020-08-25
CN111586751B (en) 2023-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020164599A1 (en) Method for triggering buffer status report bsr and communication apparatus
WO2018228378A1 (en) Communication method and access network device
WO2019206314A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019242724A1 (en) Communication method, and paging method, device and system
US11510083B2 (en) Method and apparatus for sending data volume report
JP2022542792A (en) Method, apparatus and system for triggering sidelink scheduling requests
US10966221B2 (en) Uplink scheduling with WLAN/3GPP aggregation
WO2019191987A1 (en) Uplink data transmission method, terminal device, and network device
WO2020151585A1 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission
CN112312588B (en) Method for transmitting data, terminal device and network device
US20220167382A1 (en) Method for determining association between logical channel groups, apparatus, and system
WO2021088006A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN110149681B (en) Method and device for determining scheduling delay
WO2023065987A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2020199034A1 (en) Relay communication method and apparatus
US10944625B2 (en) Bearer configuration method and related products
WO2021249218A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
CN114731239B (en) Conflict processing method and terminal equipment
WO2020156185A1 (en) Method and apparatus for processing scheduling request
WO2021062700A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus and computer readable storage medium
WO2019191883A1 (en) Method for triggering scheduling request, and terminal device
WO2020087294A1 (en) Replication data-based transmission method and device
WO2024067106A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium
US20230345449A1 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2021102841A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus based on network slicing, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20754898

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20754898

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1